4 Scholia on Orestes 201–300

Or. 201.01 (vet exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: τοῦτο πρὸς Ὀρέστην λέγει.  —H

TRANSLATION:   She directs this utterance to Orestes.

REF. SYMBOL: H       POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 201.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ὁ λόγος.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 201.03 (rec exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: Ὀρέστα  —OV3AaF

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ὦ prep. AaF   |    δηλονότι add. Aa


Or. 201.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: ὦ μῆτερ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 201.05 (thom exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: ὦ μῆτερ ἢ ὦ Ὀρέστα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘You’ implies the address) ‘o mother’ or ‘o Orestes’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἦ Za


Or. 201.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐν νεκροῖς⟩: ὑπάρχεις  —AbCrFMnSSaOxXXaXbXoT+YGGrZb2ZcZu

POSITION: s.l. (above σύ CrFOx)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ὑπάρχουσα Ab, perhaps ‑χει S   |    add. ὡς Zb


Or. 201.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐν νεκροῖς⟩: πρός  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 201.08 (rec gloss) ⟨νεκροῖς⟩: ἐν τοῖς  —S

LEMMA: ἐν om. in text S       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 202.01 (202–203) (rec paraphr) τοῦ ἐμοῦ τε βίου φθείρεται τὸ πλέον μέρος καὶ οἴχεται.  —Mn


Or. 202.02 (202–203) (mosch paraphr) πλέον μέρος: ἀντὶ τοῦ καὶ τὸ πλέον μέρος τοῦ ἐμοῦ βίου ἤγουν τῆς ἐμῆς ζωῆς ἔφθαρται.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

LEMMA: T, σύ τε γὰρ ἐν νεκροῖς G       REF. SYMBOL: Xo       POSITION: s.l. except XXoTG

APP. CRIT.:   (first τοῦ om. Ta)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,18–19


Or. 202.03 (202–203) (pllgn paraphr) καὶ μέρος τοῦ ἐμοῦ βίου ἔφθαρται.  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 202.04 (202–203) (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν τὸ πλέον τῆς ἐμῆς ζωῆς ἔφθαρται.  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 202.05 (rec gloss) ⟨τό τ’ ἐμὸν⟩: τοῦ ἐμοῦ  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 202.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τό τ’ ἐμὸν⟩: ἡ κτητικὴ ἀντωνυμία ἀντὶ γενικῆς.  —K

TRANSLATION:   The possessive adjective is used in place of the genitive (pronoun).

POSITION: marg.


Or. 202.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τ’⟩: καὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 202.08 (rec gloss) ⟨οἴχεται⟩: φθείρεται  —CrSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx


Or. 202.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἴχεται⟩: ἔφθαρται  —Xo2Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,17


Or. 202.10 (thom gloss) ⟨οἴχεται⟩: ἐφθάρη  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,17


Or. 202.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἴχεται⟩: ᾤχετο  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 203.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βίου τὸ πλέον μέρος⟩: ἤγουν περιφραστικῶς ἡ ἐμὴ ζωή  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν


Or. 203.02 (rec gloss) ⟨βίου⟩: τῆς ζωῆς  —V3SaXo2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Xo2   |    τῆς om. V3   |


Or. 203.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨βίου⟩: τοῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 203.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πλέον⟩: τὸ  —F2

LEMMA: βίου τε πλέον in text F       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 204.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨στοναχαῖσι⟩: στεναγμοῖς  —AaMnSSaXXaXbT+YYfGGrZb2ZcZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἐν prep. S, καὶ prep. MnZu


Or. 204.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στοναχαῖσι⟩: ἐν στεναγμῷ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 204.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στοναχαῖσι⟩: ἐν θρήνοις  —F2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 204.04 (thom exeg) ⟨στοναχαῖσι⟩: λάμβανε τὸ ‘ἐν στοναχαῖσί τε καὶ γόοις’ ἢ πρὸς τὸ οἴχεται ἢ πρὸς τὸ ἕλκω. —ZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Construe ‘in groans and lamentations’ either with ‘is gone’ or with ‘drag out’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZlZm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81, 20–21


Or. 204.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στοναχαῖσι⟩: στοναχῇσι  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   The spelling with ‑ῆσι/-ῇσι is present in the text of AbMnRSa.


Or. 204.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τε⟩: καὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 204.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γόοις⟩: καὶ λύπαις  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 204.08 (recTri gloss) ⟨γόοις⟩: θρήνοις  —MnST

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta wrongly adds a cross.   |


Or. 205.01 (205–207) (pllgn wdord) word order α (ἅτε), β (ἁ μέλεος), γ (τὸν ἀεὶ), δ (χρόνον), ε (ἕλκω), ϛ (βίοτον), ζ (ἄτεκνος), η (ἐπὶ δ’?), θ (ἄγαμος)  —V3

APP. CRIT.:   Some numbers obscured by repair. Further uncertainty arises from duplicate numbers: α(?) (ἐπὶ), β (ἁ μέλεος), δ (βίοτον), ε (μέλεος), ϛ (ἄτεκνος), ζ (ἅτε).   |   η is actually above ἄτ of ἄτεκνος, presumably because of pre-existing glosses and the ref. symbol over ἐπὶ δ’.   |


Or. 205.02 (205–207) (pllgn wdord) word order α (app. ἁ [of ἁ μέλεος]), β (ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος), γ (μέλεος), δ (ἅτε), ε (ἕλκω), ϛ (βίοτον), ζ (δάκρυσι)  —Aa


Or. 205.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάκρυσί⟩: ἐν  —F2Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 205.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάκρυσί⟩: δακρύοις  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 205.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τ’⟩: καὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 205.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐννυχίοις⟩: νυκτερινοῖς  —AaCrPrOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2ZcZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrPrOx


Or. 205.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐννυχίοις⟩: ὁλονυκτίοις  —V1F2Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu


Or. 206.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἄγαμος ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄτεκνος, ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ ἄγαμος  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘childless, and in addition to this unmarried’ (that is, with the adjectives in the opposite order).

POSITION: s.l. (ἁ μέλεος κτλ Yf) except X and marg. Xo

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄτεκνος om. Zc   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G   |    δὲ καὶ Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,22

COMMENT:   See comment on 206.10.


Or. 206.02 (tri exeg) ⟨ἄγαμος ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄγαμος, ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ ἄτεκνος  —T+

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘unmarried, and in addition to this childless’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Unless the difference from the other Moschopulean witnesses (206.01) is due to an accidental substitution influenced by the words in the verse below this annotation, Triclinius has rejected the scholiastic expedient of assuming a poetic swapping of positions (antistrophe, ἀναστρέφεται in the old sch. 206.10: see comment there).

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |


Or. 206.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄγαμος⟩: δέον ἀγάμως καὶ ἀτέκνως εἰπεῖν, ὁ δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἥτις εὐθεῖαν ἐξήνεγκεν.  —ZbZmZlGu

TRANSLATION:   When he should have said (with adverbs) ‘in a manner without marriage or children’, he pronounced (the adjectives) in agreement with the nominative ‘who’ (‘hētis’).

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZm       POSITION: s.l. Zl

APP. CRIT.:   ἥτις] εἴπης Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,23–24


Or. 206.04 (thom gloss) ⟨ἄγαμος⟩: ποταπὴ  —ZZaZbZlZmT

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ἄγαμος⟩: ἄνανδρος  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev.


Or. 206.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄγαμος⟩: χωρὶς γάμου  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄγαμος⟩: εἰμὶ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄγαμος⟩: ὑπάρξω  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.09 (pllgn wdord) word order [α] (?), β (δ’), γ (ἁ μέλεος), δ (ἅτε), ε (ἕλκω), ϛ (βίοτον) Aa  —Aa

APP. CRIT.:   α is not visible now; it was either omitted or erased above ἐπὶ when 206.20 was added.


Or. 206.10 (vet exeg) ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος:  1περισσὸν τὸ ἄτεκνος·  2ἡ γὰρ ἄγαμος καὶ ἄτεκνος.  3ἀναστρεπτέον οὖν τὴν σύνταξιν· ἄτεκνος, †ἐπειδὴ† ἄγαμος·  4δυνατὸν γὰρ τὴν γήμασαν εἶναι ἄτεκνον.   —HMBC

TRANSLATION:   The term ‘childless’ is superfluous. For the unmarried woman is also childless. Therefore one should reverse the arrangement: ‘childless, and also unmarried’. For it is possible for the woman who has married to be childless.

LEMMA: B, ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος ἅτε βίοτον M(ἐπεὶ)C       REF. SYMBOL: B       POSITION: marg. H

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἄτεκνος περισσὸν transp. B   |    2 ἡ γὰρ ἄγαμος καὶ ἄτεκνος] ἡ γὰρ ἄτεκνος καὶ ἄγαμος transp. H, om. MC   |    3 ἀνατρεπτέον C   |    corrupt for ἐπὶ δ’   |    4 δυνατὸν] δύναται MC   |    μὴ γήμασαν B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,10–12; Dind. II.81,25–27

COMMENT:   There was probably a twofold concern among commentators and teachers over this phrase. First, one could accuse Euripides of adding ἄτεκνος in a situation where it did not add anything to what ἄγαμος already implies (according to normative notions of female behavior assumed and promoted by commentators). Second, the phrase could be viewed as morally unsuitable for students to read, as Electra could be taken to acknowledge the possibility of premarital sex (see sch. 108.04, 108.05). The second half of the note attempts to allay those concerns, and it must originally have been written for a text with ἐπὶ δ’, which was sometimes corrupted to ἐπεὶ δ’, with the corruption than spreading to M’s lemma and the text of several recentiores (or the corruption occurred first in a version of the scholion and spread to the lemma and text). When the exchanged word order is assumed, then the second epithet (now ἄγαμος) is no longer redundant.   |

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   |   antistrophe (of word order)


Or. 206.11 (rec exeg) ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος:  1περισσὸν τὸ ἄτεκνος.  2εἰ γὰρ ἄγαμος, καὶ ἄτεκνος.  3ἢ ἀναστρεπτέον τὴν σύνταξιν· ἄτεκνος, †ἐπειδὴ† ἄγαμος·  4δυνατὸν γὰρ τὴν γήμασαν εἶναι ἄτεκνον, διὸ προσέθηκεν ἄγαμος.   —VMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The term ‘childless’ is superfluous. For if a woman is unmarried, she is also childless. Or else one should reverse the arrangement: ‘childless, and also unmarried’. For it is possible for the woman who has married to be childless, and therefore he added ‘unmarried’.

LEMMA: V, p.c. Mn, ἐπεὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος RbS, prob. Sa(faded), a.c. Mn,       REF. SYMBOL: VRa

APP. CRIT.:   3 ἢ … ἄτεκνος om. S   |    ἀνατρεπτέον MnRa   |    corrupt for ἐπὶ δ’   |    4 δυνατὸν] ἐνέδεχετο V   |    γαμεῖσαν MnRb, γημήσασαν V, γαμηθεῖσαν RaSSa   |    εἶναι om. V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,10–12; Dind. II.81,25–27 app.


Or. 206.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος⟩: ἤγουν ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ καὶ ἄτεκνος  —Yf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐπεὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος⟩: ἐπεὶ δὲ ἄτεκνος, εἰμὶ ἄγαμος.  —Mn

LEMMA: ἐπεὶ in text Mn       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπεὶ δ’⟩: ἐπειδὴ  —Pr

LEMMA: ἐπεὶ in text Pr       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’⟩: σὺν τούτοις  —CrKXoOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 206.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’⟩: σὺν τούτῳ  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’⟩: ἐπὶ τούτοις δὲ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’⟩: τούτοις  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’⟩: σὺν δὲ, ἐπειδὴ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’⟩: διὰ τὸ εἶναι ἐμὲ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄτεκνος⟩: περισσὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός


Or. 206.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄτεκνος⟩: μὴ ἔχουσα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l. (above βίοτον since space above ἄτεκνος is taken)


Or. 206.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄτεκνος⟩: ἐγὼ εἰμὶ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.24 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄτεκνος⟩: εἰμὶ ἄνευ τέκνων.  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.25 (206–207) (rec paraphr) ⟨ἅτε βίοτον ἁ μέλεος⟩: ἐπειδὴ ἐγὼ ἡ ἀθλία ἄγω χρόνον εἰς τὴν διηνεκῆ μου ζωὴν ἀτεκνίᾳ  —MnSSa

POSITION: cont. from sch. 206.11 MnSSa

APP. CRIT.:   ἀτεκνία p.c. S, ἀτεκνίαν MnSa, a.c. S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,28–29


Or. 206.26 (206–207) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἅτε βίοτον ἁ μέλεος⟩:  1ἥτις ἡ μελέα εἰς τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον ἕλκω τὸν βίοτον, ἤγουν τὴν ζωήν.  2τουτέστιν ἀκούσιον ζωὴν ἔχω.  3διὰ γὰρ τοῦ ἕλκω τὸ ἀκούσιον παριστᾷ.  4ὥσπερ φαμὲν ὅτι ἕλκουσιν οἱ βόες τὴν ἅμαξαν καὶ τὸ ἄροτρον.  5οὐ γὰρ ἑκουσίᾳ γνώμῃ ταῦτα σύρουσιν ἀλλ’ ὑπ’ ἀνάγκης.  6τοῦτό φησιν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τὸν θάνατον αἱρετώτερον ἡγουμένη τῆς ζωῆς.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   (I), who, wretched woman, drag out my life (‘biotos’), that is, life (‘zōē’), for all time. That is, I have a form of life contrary to my will. For by using the verb ‘drag out’ (‘helkō’) she suggests the aspect of unwillingness. Just as we say (with this verb) that the oxen drag the wagon or the plow, for they do not pull these things along by their willing intention, but under compulsion. Electra says this because she believes death is to be preferred to her (current) life.

LEMMA: ἁ μέλεος εἰς τὸ αἰὲν G

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἅτε ἡ μελέα T   |    6 τοῦτο δὲ φησὶν ἠλέκτρα T   |    τὸν add. before αἱρ. Y   |    ἡγουμ. αἱρετ. transp. G

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ἄμαξαν X   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.82,4–9

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |


Or. 206.27 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἅτε⟩: ἥτις  —V1AaCGKMnSZZaZbZlZmZuGuZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τις (= (ἅ)τις) Mn


Or. 206.28 (rec gloss) ⟨ἅτε⟩: ἐγὼ  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.29 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἅ τε⟩: ἥ (τε)  —XXaXb

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.30 (recTri gloss) ⟨ἅτε⟩: καθὰ  —AbCrFMnSaOxT, perhaps R

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrMnOx; perhaps both words later deleted in Mn


Or. 206.31 (rec gloss) ⟨βίοτον⟩: περιώδυνον  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.32 (rec gloss) ⟨βίοτον⟩: ὀδυνηρὸν δηλονότι  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 206.33 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βίοτον⟩: λείπει τὸ ἀβίωτον.  —ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ om. B3a

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 206.34 (rec gloss) ⟨βίοτον⟩: ζωὴν  —AaAbGMnRSaZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν prep. AaSaZc


Or. 206.35 (rec artGloss) ⟨βίοτον⟩: τὸν  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 207.01 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἁ μέλεος⟩: ἡ ἀθλία  —AbCrF2GMnSSaOxZZaZbZlZuTGuZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ἡ] ἢ Zc, om. ZZbZl


Or. 207.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁ μέλεος⟩: οὖσα  —AbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 207.03 (mosch artGloss) ⟨ἁ⟩:  —XXaXbYfTZcAa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 207.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ἐγὼ  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 207.05 (rec gram) ⟨μέλεος⟩: μέλεος γίνεται ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ ἐλεεῖσθαι. —V

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   For this etymology see Theognostus, Canones [Cramer, Anecdota Gr. Oxon. II] §270,7–9 τὸ μέλεος, προπαροξύτονον, σύνθετον ὂν παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἐλεεῖν· ἢ παρὰ τὸ μὴ λῶ, ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ θέλω; sch. Sa Hec. 154 μελέα ἐτυμολογεῖται ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ ἐλεεῖσθαι, sch. Pr Hec. 149 μελέας· ἀθλίας μηδὲ ἐλέους ἀξιουμένης; sch. V Hec. 186 μέλεος ὁ ἄθλιος ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ λῶ τὸ θέλω. μέλεος δὲ καὶ ὁ κλέπτης καί πως ἄδικος, παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἐλέους ἄξιος εἶναι.


Or. 207.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨αἰὲν⟩: διηνεκῆ  —AaCrMnSaOxZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν prep. AaMnSa, καὶ τὸν prep. CrOx, καὶ εἰς τὸν prep. S, καὶ prep. Zu   |    χρόνον add. Aa


Or. 207.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰὲν⟩: διὰ παντὸς  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 207.08 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰὲν⟩: ἀεὶ  —AbF2Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 207.09 (vet gloss) ⟨ἕλκω⟩: διάγω  —MCAbMnRSaG, perhaps Zb

POSITION: s.l. except marg. M

APP. CRIT.:   ἕλκω (or τὸ ἕλκω?) ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. M [damaged or erased]   |    καὶ prep. S

COLLATION NOTES:   Zb’s gloss partly erased and overwritten by Zb2 gloss; original uncertain.   |


Or. 207.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἕλκω⟩: ἔχω  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 207.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἕλκω⟩: φέρω  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 207.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἕλκω⟩: τὸ ἐπί καταβιβαστέον εἰς τὸ ἕλκω  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘epi’ is to be applied later in the sentence to the verb ‘helkō’.

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 207.13 (pllgn wdord) word order (or juncture) α (ἐπὶ), β (ἕλκω)  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 207.14 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἕλκω⟩: διαβιβάζω  —SaZZaZb2ZmT

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 207.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἕλκω⟩: διαβιβάζω μετ’ ὀδύνης  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 207.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἕλκω⟩: βαδίζω  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 207.17 (tri metr) diple pointing outward at beginning and end of verse  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 208.01 (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ὅρα παροῦσα:  1αἱ ἑξῆς αὗται ἀμοιβαῖαι περίοδοι στίχων εἰσὶν ἰαμβικῶν τριμέτρων ἀκαταλήκτων ρηʹ, ὧν τελευταῖος [315] ‘κάματος βροτοῖσιν ἀπορία τε γίνεται’.  2μετὰ μέντοι τὸν ξζʹ στίχον καὶ τὸν ξθʹ κῶλα βʹ μονόμετρα βραχυκατάληκτα.  3ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι παράγραφος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς.   —T

TRANSLATION:   The following alternating groups of dialogue lines [208–315] consist of 108 acatalectic iambic trimeters, of which the last [315] is ‘this turns out to be toil and helplessness for mortals’. But after the sixty-seventh verse [274] and the sixty-ninth [276] there are two brachycatalectic monometric cola. At the sense-divisions a paragraphos, and at the end a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.12,25–29


Or. 208.02 (208–209) (rec wdord) word order α (παρθέν’), β (παροῦσα), γ (πέλας), δ (ὅρα), ε (μὴ καταθ.)  —Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 208.03 (208–209) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὅρα παροῦσα⟩: σκόπει παραγενομένη, ἵνα μὴ ἀποθανὼν ὁ ἀδελφός σου.  —X


Or. 208.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὅρα⟩: σκόπει  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 208.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅρα⟩: καὶ βλέπε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 208.06 (tri metr) ⟨ὅρα⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 208.07 (rec gloss) ⟨παροῦσα … πέλας⟩: πλησιάσασα  —AbMnRSSaZb2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    πλησιάσασαι S

APP. CRIT. 2:   πληάσασα R   |


Or. 208.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨παροῦσα⟩: παραγενομένη  —KXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 208.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨παροῦσα⟩: ἐλθοῦσα  —CrSaOxZZa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 208.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παροῦσα⟩: παρελθοῦσα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 208.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παροῦσα⟩: παρυπάρχουσα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 208.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨παρθέν’⟩:  —F2PrXo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 208.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πέλας⟩: γενομένη τοῦ σοῦ ἀδελφοῦ  —Xo2

POSITION: marg.


Or. 208.14 (rec gloss) ⟨πέλας⟩: τοῦ Ὀρέστου  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 208.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέλας⟩: αὐτοῦ  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 208.16 (thom gloss) ⟨πέλας⟩: πλησίον  —ZZaZuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 208.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέλας⟩: ἐγγύς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 209.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨μὴ⟩: ἵνα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ add. G


Or. 209.02 (rec gloss) ⟨μὴ⟩: πῶς  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 209.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨κατθανὼν⟩: ἀποθανὼν  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcF2Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 209.04 (rec gloss) ⟨σύγγονος⟩: ὁ ἀδελφὸς Ὀρέστης  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 209.05 (moschThom gloss) ⟨σύγγονος⟩: ὁ ἀδελφός σου  —XaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZlT*CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T, καὶ prep. Ox   |    ὁ om. ZZaZbG   |    σου om. TZZaZbZlGCrOx


Or. 209.06 (rec gloss) ⟨λέληθ⟩: ἡμᾶς  —AbMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Pr


Or. 209.07 (rec gloss) ⟨λέληθ’⟩: λανθάνει  —SaZl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 209.08 (rec gloss) ⟨λέληθ’⟩: λάθῃ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 209.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨λέληθ’⟩: ἔλαθε  —F2RSZb2ZmZuGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἔλεσθε S

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εν F2   |


Or. 209.10 (rec gloss) ⟨λέληθ’⟩: παραφ⟨θ⟩ῇ(?)  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   The ῆ is very small, crowded in above phi and under the letter in the line above. The unusual (or unique) sense of παραφθάνω, ‘get by, escape (the notice of)’, does not seem impossible. But perhaps the traces have not been correctly deciphered.


Or. 209.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: οὗτος  —CrF2MnOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 210.01 (rec paraphr) ὅτι οὐχί μοι ἀρέσκει ἀγνώστως παρακαθέζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ καὶ διαλελυμένῳ Ὀρέστῃ καὶ μὴ εἰδέναι εἴτε ζῇ εἴτε οὔ.  —MnSSa

APP. CRIT.:   παρακειμένῳ Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.82,16–18

COLLATION NOTES:   In Sa only the last words καὶ μὴ εἰδέναι κτλ are written in dark ink by the main hand; it appears that the first words were written by the rubricator (as sometimes occurred in Sa), although they have almost entirely faded out.    |


Or. 210.02 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ γάρ μ’ ἀρέσκει⟩: Ἀττικὸν τὸ σχῆμα· Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Ran. 103]· ‘σὲ δὲ ταῦτ’ ἀρέσκει’  —VRb, partial PrGu

LEMMA: VRb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. PrGu; follows sch. 210.06 in Rb

APP. CRIT.:   ἀριστοφ. κτλ om. PrGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,13–4; Dind. II.82,15–16

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes


Or. 210.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μ’ ἀρέσκει⟩: Ἀττικὸν ἀντιπτωτικῶς  —V3

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   ἀντίπτωσις


Or. 210.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μ’⟩: μοι  —V1AbFMnRSaXXaXbXoTYYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 210.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀρέσκει⟩: ὁ Ὀρέστης  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ om. ZmT


Or. 210.06 (vet exeg) τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ: τῷ πάνυ ἐκλελυμένῳ τοῦ σώματος  —HMBOV3CRb

TRANSLATION:   By the extremely relaxed state of his body.

LEMMA: Rb      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: marg. HM, intermarg. B, s.l. OV3C

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν prep. H3   |    τῷ πάνυ om. O, πάνυ transp. after ἐκλ. V3 (adding to V1’s shorter gloss)   |    τοῦ σώματος HO(om. τοῦ)RbV3, app. σώματος O, τῷ σώματι MBC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,15; Dind. II.82,18–19

COLLATION NOTES:   O has a tiny mark suspended above final tau of σώματ, very like the omicron = ος on ἐλαφρός in the gloss below it; it is less likely to be iota, despite lack of opening, because iota is usually longer, more perpendicular than this stroke, and usually has a trema in the scholiast’s hand.   |


Or. 210.07 (rec gloss) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: ἐκλελυμένῳ  —V1AbPrSaZuCrOx

POSITION: s.l. (misplaced above 212 δέοντι PrZu)

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ prep. Sa, ἢ prep. Zu, καὶ prep. CrOx

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκλελειμμένω V1, ἐκλελειμένω Ox   |


Or. 210.08 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: τῷ ἐκλελυμένῳ τούτῳ φίλῳ  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   φόβω Mn

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκλελειμένῳ S   |


Or. 210.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: καὶ τούτῳ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 210.10 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: ἐν τῇ λίαν παρέσει  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 210.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: ἤγουν κατὰ τὸ λίαν παραλελυμένον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  That is, in respect to the excessively relaxed (condition).

REF. SYMBOL: Xo       POSITION: s.l. except XXo

APP. CRIT.:   παραλελυμένῳ· prep. Xo (in addition to sep. gloss s.l. 210.17)   |    παραλελειμένον (υ above ει) X (λίαν παρειμένον Ta)   |


Or. 210.12 (recThom gloss) ⟨τῷ⟩: ἐν  —OZZaZbZlZmTGuB3aF2Ox2

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Cf. H3 addition to sch. 210.06


Or. 210.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῷ⟩: κατὰ τὸ  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 210.14 (rec gloss) ⟨λίαν⟩: πάνυ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 210.15 (rec gloss) ⟨παρειμένῳ⟩: λελυμένῳ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   possibly intended to mean (παρα)λελ.   |


Or. 210.16 (rec gloss) ⟨παρειμένῳ⟩: διαλελυμένῳ  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 210.17 (mosch gloss) ⟨παρειμένῳ⟩: παραλελυμένῳ  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcAaZu

POSITION: s.l. (precedes 210.12 YYfGr, but punct. as sep.)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu, τῶ prep. Zc


Or. 210.18 (thom exeg) ⟨παρειμένῳ⟩: παραλελυμένῳ αὐτοῦ  —ZZaZbZlT

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   διαλελ‑ Za

COLLATION NOTES:   Zl water damage: of αὐτοῦ only a possible trace of the breathing remains.   |


Or. 210.19 (thom exeg) ⟨παρειμένῳ⟩: παραλελυμένῳ αὐτοῦ· ὕπτιος γὰρ καὶ ὡς νεκρὸς ἔκειτο· ἢ τῇ παραλύσει.  —ZmGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   By (the) loosened state of him. For he (Orestes) was lying face-up and like a corpse. Or by his paralysis (immobility).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ om. Zm, with τῇ παρ. as sep. gloss


Or. 210.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρειμένῳ⟩: τῷ ἀκινήτῳ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 210.21 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 211.01 (vet exeg) νῦν οὐ τραγῳδεῖ, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ.  —HBC

TRANSLATION:   Now he does not declaim in an impassioned way, but rather (he does so) during his madness.

REF. SYMBOL: H      POSITION: intermarg. BC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,16

COMMENT:   On the senses of τραγῳδεῖν see Prelim. Stud. 32 with note 115.

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   |   τραγῳδεῖν


Or. 211.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὦ φίλον ὕπνου θέλγητρον⟩: ὦ προσφιλὴς τοῦ ὕπνου θελκτικὴ δύναμις  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

REF. SYMBOL: Xo       POSITION: s.l. except XXoT

APP. CRIT.:   ὦ om. G   |    προσφιλὴς] φίλ() Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.83,3


Or. 211.03 (rec wdord) word order α (θέλγητρον), β (φίλον)  —Mn


Or. 211.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: καὶ προσφιλὲς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 211.05 (vet exeg) ὕπνου θέλγητρον:  1τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου, τὸ μάλιστα θέλγειν δυνάμενον τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας·  2ὁ γὰρ ἐλαφρὸς φαντασίαις ἀναμέμικται.   —HMBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The deepest form of sleep, the one that can most enchant those who are ill. For light sleep is mixed with visions.

LEMMA: MBCPr, ὦ φίλον VRb, θέλγητρον Rw      REF. SYMBOL: HMBVRb

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ ὕπνου om. Pr   |    μάλιστα om. H   |    δυνάμενον θέλγειν transp. H   |    ἀσθενοῦντας] ἀρρώστους H   |    2 after ἐλαφρὸς add. ὕπνος VMnSSa [Pr (damaged, app. no space for this added word)]   |    ἀναμέμνηται Sa

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μάλιστα] μάλλιστα Mn   |    δυνάμενοι S   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,17–19; Dind. II.82,27–29

COMMENT:   Compare sch. 159.18.

COLLATION NOTES:   Sa has τὸ, μάλιστα, cf. this comma elsewhere, e.g. τὸ, κακῶν at start of sch. 234.12.   |


Or. 211.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὕπνου θέλγητρον⟩:  1τὸν βαθύτατον·  2ὁ γὰρ ἐλαφρὸς φαντασίαις ἀναμέμικται.   —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 211.07 (pllgn exeg) ἤγουν τὸ δυνάμενον θέλγειν τοὺς ἀσθ[ενοῦντας· τὸ] θέλγον(?) γὰρ τοῦ κακοχουμένου γίνεται παρηγορία [καὶ] λήθη τῶν κακῶν.  —F

POSITION: marg.

COLLATION NOTES:   Recheck original F, 159v.


Or. 211.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὕπνου θέλγητρον⟩: τὴν βαθύτητα τοῦ ὕπνου φησὶν.  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 211.09 (rec artGloss) ⟨ὕπνου⟩: τοῦ  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 211.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄλλως· θέλγητρον⟩: τὸ θέλγον, ἡδῦνον, τὸ προσφιλέστατον καὶ βαθύτατον καὶ κάλλιστον τοῦ ὕπνου  —V

LEMMA: V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,20–21; Dind. II.82,29–30


Or. 211.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θέλγητρον⟩: τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου ὀνομάζει θέλγητρον.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 211.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θέλγητρον⟩: τὸ βαθύτατον  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 211.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θέλγητρον⟩: καὶ ἥδυσμα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 211.14 (thom gloss) ⟨θέλγητρον⟩: ἡδονή  —ZZaZbZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 211.15 (rec gloss) ⟨θέλγητρον⟩: θεραπευτικὸν  —MnRS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 211.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θέλγητρον⟩: ἡδονικὸν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   In magical and medical texts ἡδονικόν is a term for an aphrodisiac drug, one that heightens sexual pleasure so much that the prospect of intercourse is irresistible. (This meaning is not recognized in LSJ or BDAG.) The use here for a more general enchantment is odd.


Or. 211.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίκουρον νόσου⟩: φυσικῶς τὸν ὕπνον οἶδεν ἐπίκουρον τῶν κακῶν  —HMBCGPr

TRANSLATION:   In terms of what is natural, he knows that sleep is a helper against troubles.

LEMMA:  s.l. C, marg. G;       REF. SYMBOL: H       POSITION: cont. from 211.05 (add. δὲ) BPr; marg. MG, s.l. C

APP. CRIT. 2:   τὸν οἶπνον M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,22; Dind. II.82,30–83,1

COMMENT:   The position of the adverb seems to favor taking it with the main verb, as translated above, and whoever wrote the next sch. understood the remark in this way. Such a use could be considered an obverse of the use of φυσικῶς (contrasted with ἀλληγορικῶς and μυθικῶς) in categorizing commonly-applied Byzantine modes of interpretataion. The alternative translation ‘He knows that sleep is naturally a helper against troubles’ is a point somewhat less likely to be made by a commentator.


Or. 211.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίκουρον νόσου⟩: φυσικῶς αὐτὸ εἶπεν· παραμύθιον γὰρ τῶν κακῶν οἶδε τὸν ὕπνον.  —VRb

TRANSLATION:   He said this in terms of what is natural, for he knows that sleep is a comfort against troubles.

LEMMA: VRb(νόσον)       REF. SYMBOL: VRb

APP. CRIT.:   π(ερι)μύθιον Rb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,23–24


Or. 211.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπίκουρον νόσου⟩: βοηθὸν κατὰ τῆς νόσου  —XaXbXaXbXoTa+Tb+YGGr

POSITION: s.l. except Xo and (cont. from 211.02) XaTa

APP. CRIT.:   βοηθὲ τῆς νόσου Ta   |    κατὰ σοῦ a.c. Y, p.c. κατὰ νόσου

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.83,3


Or. 211.20 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐπίκουρον⟩: βοηθόν  —AbF2 MnRSZZaZbZmZc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 211.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπίκουρον⟩: καὶ βοήθημα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 211.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπίκουρον⟩: παραμύθιον  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 211.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπίκουρον⟩: θεραπευτικὸν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 211.24 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἐπίκουρον⟩: τὸ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 211.25 (thom exeg) ἐπίκουρον: τοῖς γὰρ νοσοῦσιν οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν ὕπνος ἐστὶ τῆς νόσου φάρμακον.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   For to those who are sick, nothing other than sleep is a medicine for the disease.

LEMMA: T       REF. SYMBOL: ZbZl at ὕπνου, Gu at νόσου       POSITION: s.l. ZZa, cont. from 211.20

APP. CRIT.:   Many words lost to trimming Zl   |    ἐστὶ transp. before ἄλλο ZZa   |    φάρμ. τ. νόσου transp. ZZa   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   τῆς] τοῖς Zb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.83,1–2


Or. 211.26 (rec gloss) ⟨νόσου⟩: τοῦ νοσοῦντος  —KRf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 211.27 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨νόσου⟩: τῆς  —AaF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 212.01 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —AaAbKXXaXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmTB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 212.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ἢ λίαν ἢ ὄντως  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 212.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡδὺ⟩: ἡδέως  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 212.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡδὺ⟩: γλυκύ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 212.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡδὺ⟩: καὶ εὐφραντόν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   εὐφραντὴν CrOx

COMMENT:   εὐφραντόν appears in scholia elsewhere along with, or as gloss on, ἡδύ.   |


Or. 212.06 (rec exeg) ⟨με⟩: γρ. μοι  —MnSa

LEMMA: με in text MnSa       POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 212.07 (rec gloss) ⟨προσῆλθες⟩: ἐπῆλθες  —R

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ὐπῆλθες R


Or. 212.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: λείπει τῷ καιρῷ.  —MnRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ om. MnS

COLLATION NOTES:   Ab partially lost in margin, with damaged kappa.   |

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 212.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: στερισκομένῳ ἢ πρέποντι καιρῷ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   (Meaning) ‘being in need’ (with ‘endeonti’ as one word, modifying dative ‘me’, that is, Orestes) or ‘suitable occasion’ (with ‘en deonti’ as two words, with dative ‘occasion’ understood).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν add. before πρέπ. T, s.l. Zm   |    καιρῷ lost to trimming Zl

COMMENT:   If I have correctly inferred what Thomas meant by στερισκομένῳ, then it may be noted how the addition (Triclinius’s) of ἐν makes the explanation clearer.

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu reuses Gr’s καιρῷ.   |


Or. 212.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: ἐν πρέποντι καιρῷ —Aa3CrSOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    καιρῷ om. S


Or. 212.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: ἐν χρῄζοντι  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καιρῶ add. Ab


Or. 212.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: ἐν καιρῷ  —PrZb2Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. PrZu (with misplaced gloss 210.07 before)


Or. 212.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: ἢ ἐν δέοντι ἀντὶ τοῦ δεόντως καὶ εὐκαίρως Ἀττικῶς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev.

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς


Or. 212.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐνδέοντι⟩: ἐλλείποντι  —V1

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   This and the next three glosses perhaps assume reading ἐνδέοντι as one word.


Or. 212.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐνδέοντι⟩: λειποθυμήσαντι θνήσκοντι  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 212.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐνδέοντι⟩: ἀσθενοῦντι, ἢ ἐν δέοντι καιρῷ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 212.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐνδέοντι⟩: τῷ ἀψυχοῦντι  —V3Vrec

POSITION: s.l. (V3 above μοι)

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ om. Vrec


Or. 212.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐνδέοντι⟩: τῆς ζωῆς  —F

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   This gloss and the next two perhaps assume reading ἐνδέοντι as one word.


Or. 212.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐνδέοντι⟩: φίλου  —Yf

POSITION: marg.


Or. 212.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐνδέοντι⟩: φύσεως  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 212.21 (recMosch gloss) ⟨δέοντι⟩: καιρῷ  —V3KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   add. δηλονότι Xo


Or. 212.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δέοντι⟩: χρειώσει  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 212.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τε⟩: γε  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 213.01 (vet exeg) ὦ πότνια λήθη τῶν κακῶν:  1πότνιαν εἶπεν αὐτήν, ἐπεὶ πάντας τιμῶμεν τοὺς παραμυθουμένους.  2τὸ δὲ ‘ὡς εἶ σοφή’ ἀντὶ τοῦ λίαν σοφῶς ἐπενοήθης ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως.  3τὸ δὲ ‘τῶν κακῶν’ οἰκείως προσέθηκεν, ἐπειδὴ καλὴ τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ λήθη.   —HMBVCMnPrRbRwSSa3

TRANSLATION:   He called her ‘lady mistress’ because we honor all those who comfort us. The phrase ‘how wise you are’ is equivalent to ‘you have been devised very wisely by nature’. He added the words ‘of ills’ suitably, since the forgetting of ills is good.

LEMMA: MC, ὦ πότνια λήθη V, ὦ πότνια MnRbRwSSa      REF. SYMBOL: HMVRb      POSITION: cont. from 211.17 B, add. δὲ

APP. CRIT.:   πότνιαν δὲ BPr   |    αὐτὴν εἶπεν transp. VMnRbSa, αὐτὴν om. S   |    1 αὐτὴν] τὴν λήθην τῶν κακῶν B, [τὴν τῶν κακῶν or τῶν κακῶν τὴν] λήθην Pr (damage)   |    ἐπεὶ] ἐπειδὴ VPrRb   |    πάντες VRbS   |    2 λίαν σοφῶς] λίαν· καὶ φῶς Rw   |    ἐπενοήθης σοφῶς transp. H   |    ὑπενοήθης MC, ὑπενοήθη Rw   |    ὑπὸ om. Rw   |    3 τὸ δὲ] ἡ λήθη δὲ Sa, ἡ λήθη τὸ δὲ MnRbS, τὸ δὲ διὰ Rw   |    first τῶν om. Rb   |    καλὴ] καλόν τι χρῆμα VMn(χρήμα)RbSSa   |    ἐστιν om. VMnRbSSa   |    at end add. ἢ ἐπειδὴ καλὴ τῶν κακῶν ἡ λήθη V   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,25–28; Dind. II.83,10–11, 15–17


Or. 213.02 (pllgn exeg) λίαν σοφῶς ἐπενοήθης ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως· καλὴ γὰρ τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ λήθη.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 213.03 (213–216) (pllgn exeg) ὦ πότνια λήθη τῶν κακῶν:  1λήθη τῶν κακῶν ὁ ὕπνος ὑπάρχει·  2ὅσας γὰρ ἂν λύπας ἔχῃ ἄνθρωπος καὶ ὑπνώσῃ, λανθάνεται αὐτῶν.  3οὕτω καὶ ὁ Ὀρέστης ὑπνώσας ἐπελάθετο τῶν κακῶν ὧν εἶχεν, ἤγουν τῆς μανίας καὶ τοῦ φόνου τῆς μητρός.  4ὡς ἔοικε δὲ, κατεκλίθη ἐν οἵῳ τόπῳ ἔφθασε δαιμονιζόμενος, εἶτα ἐλθὼν ἐν φρονήσει καὶ ἐξυπνίσας λέγει·  5ἀπὸ ποίου τόπου καὶ πότε ἦλθον ἐνταῦθα;  6ἀμνημονῶ γὰρ ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν πρὶν φρενῶν, ἤγουν στερηθεὶς τῶν μανιωδῶν καὶ ἐφθαρμένων φρενῶν, καὶ εἰς νοῦν ἐλθὼν ἀρτίως τῶν ὑγιῶν φρενῶν ⟨οὐκ⟩ ἐγνώρισα ποῦ εἰμί.  7ἢ ἄλλως· ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν πρότερον σώων φρενῶν καὶ μαινόμενος γεγονὼς ἀμνημονῶ ποῦ ἦλθον καὶ ποῦ εἰμί.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Sleep is a forgetting of ills. For, however many pains a person has and (then) sleeps, he forgets them. Thus Orestes, too, after sleeping, forgot the troubles he had before, namely his madness and the murder of his mother. And as it seems, he had lain down in the place he had reached when beset by the gods, and then having come to his senses and woken up he says: from what place and when did I come here? For I do not remember, separated from my previous state of mind, that is, freed from insane and corrupted wits, and having come just now to a rational state of healthy wits I have not recognized where I am. Or an alternative way to take it: separated from my previously sound wits and having become insane, I do not recall where I have come to or where I am.

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἔχῃ Matt., ἔχει Yf2   |    ὑπνώσει Yf2    |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.83,18–27

COMMENT:   In 1 Matthiae (or rather Francesco de Furia, who supplied him with the collations of Florentine mss) wrongly read λήθη ἤγουν. λήθη is written with a suspended θη, and eta is distorted by the overlap of the acute and has a very ornate tail. In 3 Matthiae conjectured ὑπνώσας with punctuation before it, but his collator had missed the tiny καὶ abbreviation and ignored the punctiation after ὑπνώσει. In 4 I interpret Matthiae’s τρόπῳ also as a misreading of τόπῳ of Yf2.   |


Or. 213.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨πότνια⟩: παρὰ πάντων τιμωμένη  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 213.05 (thom gloss) ⟨πότνια⟩: σεβασμία  —ZZaZbZlZuTGuCrOxXoYfZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὦ prep. Yf, καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 213.06 (tri metr) ⟨πότνια⟩: koine short over omicron  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 213.07 (thom exeg) ⟨λήθη⟩:  1οἱ γὰρ δυστυχοῦντες εὔχονται τῶν κακῶν οἷς σύνεισιν ἀπηλλάχθαι καὶ εἰς λήθην ἐλθεῖν.  2διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐν τῷ καθεστηκότι γενόμενος καὶ τῆς μανίας ἐπ’ ὀλίγον ἀπαλλαγεὶς τὴν τῶν κακῶν λήθην πότνιαν καλεῖ καὶ εὐκταίαν τοῖς δυστυχοῦσι θεόν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   For those suffering misfortune pray to be released from the evils attending them and to reach forgetfulness. For this reason Orestes too, once he gets into his normal state of mind and is freed for a short time from his madness, calls the forgetting of evils ‘queen’ (‘potnia’) and a goddess prayed for by those suffering misfortune.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZmGu

APP. CRIT.:   many words lost in Zl   |    1 oἱ γὰρ νοσοῦντες Zm [Zl]   |    γὰρ om. T [Zl]   |    λήθην] λύσιν Ta [Zl]

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀπηλάχθαι ZbZl, ἀπαλλάχθαι Zm   |    2 εὐκτέαν T [εὐκτέα in text]   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.83,5–9


Or. 213.08 (rec gloss) ⟨λήθη⟩: ἤτοι ἡ ἠρεμία  —V1Gu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι ἡ om. Gu


Or. 213.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨τῶν κακῶν⟩: τῶν ἀλγεινῶν, τῶν δυστυχιῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν (both) om. G   |    τῶν δυστ. om. Aa2Zc   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀλγεινῶν] ἰαλῶν γεινῶν a.c. Y   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.83,27–28


Or. 213.10 (thom gloss) ⟨κακῶν⟩: ἐμῶν  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν prep. Za


Or. 213.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς εἶ σοφὴ⟩: λίαν ἐπενοήθης ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως.  —O

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπενοήθης O

COMMENT:   Apparently σοφὴ is to be understood from the text below (cf. 213.13).


Or. 213.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς εἶ σοφὴ⟩: σοφῶς ἐπενοήθης  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 213.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς εἶ σοφὴ⟩: ἤγουν σοφὴ ἐπινοηθεῖσα ἀπὸ φύσεως.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 213.14 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —AbCrKRPr(Sa)OxXXbZZaZbZlZmTGuZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. Zu, καὶ prep. CrOx

COMMENT:   In Sa ὡς εἶ σοφή is omitted in the text, but in the margin, written as if a scholion, is ὡς λίαν εἶ σοφή.


Or. 213.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὄντως  —AaZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. Zu


Or. 213.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σοφὴ⟩: καλὴ  —B3a

POSITION: marg.


Or. 213.17 (rec gloss) ⟨εἶ⟩: ὑπάρχεις  —AbCrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 214.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖσι δυστυχοῦσιν εὐκταία⟩: ἀξία εὐχῆς τοῖς κακοπαθοῦσι  —R

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.:   last two words very damaged


Or. 214.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τοῖσι⟩: ἐν  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 214.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δυστυχοῦσιν⟩: τοῖς ἐν δυστυχίᾳ οὖσι  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 214.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυστυχοῦσιν⟩: ὡς ἐμοὶ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 214.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυστυχοῦσιν⟩: δυστυχῶς ἔχουσιν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 214.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπειθοῦσιν⟩: δυστυχοῦσιν  —Rwrec

LEMMA: ἀπειθοῦσιν in text Rw       POSITION: marg.


Or. 214.07 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐκταία⟩: ἐπιθυμητὴ  —AbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    ἐπιθυμητικὴ S


Or. 214.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨εὐκταία⟩: ἀξία εὐχῆς —V1AbMnSSaZZaZbZlZm

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄξια ZbZl


Or. 214.09 (recMosch gloss) ⟨εὐκταία⟩: εὐχῆς ἀξία  —Aa3CrRfOxXXaXbXoT*YYfGGrZcZu

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx

COMMENT:   Note that Triclinus uses a cross above the gloss here, treating the alternative order of 214.08 as equivalent.


Or. 214.10 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐκταία⟩: εὐτυχὴς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 214.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐκταία⟩: ἀγαθὴ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l. (cont. from 214.09, prep. καὶ)


Or. 214.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐκταία⟩: ποθεινή  —F2

LEMMA: εὐκταῖα in text F       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 214.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨εὐκταία⟩: εὐκταῖον εὐχῆς ἄξιον πολύτιμον ὑγιὲς.  —B4

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   Derived from a lexicographic source: cf. Photius ε 2235, Suda ε 3549a, or Lex. Segueriana (Anecdota Gr. Bachmann I.240,26).


Or. 214.14 (tri metr) ⟨εὐκτέα⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 214.15 (rec gloss) ⟨θεός⟩: ὦ Λήθη  —AbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l. exceprt marg. Ab


Or. 214.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεός⟩: θεά  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 214.17 (rec exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 2.742] ‘κλυτὸς Ἱπποδάμ(εια)’  —K

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   This citation is scholiastic shorthand for giving a parallel for adjectives with an apparently masculine ending modifying a feminine noun, as seen in sch. MV Hec. 148, sch. MVPrSa Hec. 296 (also sch. Thom. Hec. 296), sch. B Med. 63, sch. MV Andr. 711).

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)


Or. 214.18 (rec exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: Ἀττικὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς


Or. 215.01 (rec rhet) ἐμπερίβολος  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,2

COMMENT:   This is a late rhetorical term for ornate or intricate style of discourse, anything expanded beyond a simple and straightforward style of statement. Here it apparently applies to the double question with variation of the interrogative and of the verb of arriving.   |

KEYWORDS:  ἐμπερίβολος


Or. 215.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πόθεν ποτ’⟩: ἐρωτηματικὸν πόθεν ποτε.  —K

POSITION: marg. (below column)


Or. 215.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨πόθεν⟩: ἀπὸ ποίου τόπου  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZuV3

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |    ἀπὸ om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,1


Or. 215.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόθεν⟩: καὶ ποῦ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 215.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨πότ’⟩: κατὰ ποῖον καιρὸν  —V3AaZu

LEMMA: πότ’ in text VZu       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   κατὰ] καὶ Zu


Or. 215.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨ποτ’⟩: περισσὸν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (This word is) superfluous (and need not be translated).

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ποτε prep. X   |    ἢ prep. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,1–2

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός


Or. 215.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ποτ’⟩: ἄρα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἆρα ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,1


Or. 215.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἦλθον⟩: ἐγὼ Ὀρέστης  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 215.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: ὧδε  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcF2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ᾧδε XXo, ὦδε F2


Or. 215.10 (thom paraphr) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: ἐν ᾧ νῦν εἰμι.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. ZbZm, ἐνταῦθα prep. T


Or. 215.11 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: καὶ ἐνταῦθα  —CrOxZuT

POSITION: s.l. (preposed to prev. T)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. T


Or. 215.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: κίνησιν  —G

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   δηλοῖ or σημαίνει is to be understood.


Or. 215.13 (rec exeg) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: εἰς τὴν κατάστασιν τῆς ὑγείας  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 215.14 (thom gloss) ⟨πῶς⟩: κατὰ τίνα τρόπον  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu


Or. 215.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πῶς⟩: ποίῳ τρόπῳ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 215.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀφικόμην⟩: ἦλθον  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 215.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφικόμην⟩: παρεγενόμην  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 215.18 (tri metr) ⟨ἀφικόμην⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 216.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: τί πέπρακται μοι ἐν τῇ νόσῳ.  —OGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς μανίας add. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,3–4


Or. 216.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: εἴ τι καὶ πέπρακταί μοι ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς μανίας.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 216.03 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: ἐπιλανθάνομαι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,3


Or. 216.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: οὐ μέμνημαι  —Aa2Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 216.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: οὐ μιμνήσκω, ἀχαριστῶ  —G

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Note the inclusion of ἀχαριστῶ, a second meaning irrelevant to this passage.   |


Or. 216.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: καὶ οὐκ ἐνθυμοῦμαι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 216.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τῶν πρὶν⟩: ἕως τούτου ὀφείλει στίζειν, εἶτα ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν.  —V

TRANSLATION:   It is proper to punctuate after ‘the previous (ills)’, and then (treat as a new phrase) ‘deprived of sense’.

LEMMA: V       POSITION: between lemma of 216.13 and content of 216.13

APP. CRIT.:   ὀφείλεις Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,8–9; Dind. II.84,9–10

COMMENT:   Schwartz’s correction is unjustified because impersonal ὀφείλει is medieval vernacular and found in e.g. Sch. Oppian. Hal. 3.29,3–4 φησὶ γάρ· τὸν ἁλιέα μήτε παχὺν ὀφείλει εἶναι, μήτε λεπτὸν ἀλλὰ κτλ.

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 216.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῶν πρὶν⟩: κακῶν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 216.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῶν πρὶν⟩: ἀλγεινῶν  —Yf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 216.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρὶν⟩: πρότερον  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 216.11 (vet exeg) ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν:  1τῶν πρὶν φρενῶν ἀπολειφθεὶς, ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ.  2οὐχὶ νῦν ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν φρενῶν ἀμνημονῶ, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῇ νόσῳ.  3τὸ γὰρ ὄργανον, δι’ οὗ ἀναφέρομεν τὰ πραττόμενα, συννοσεῖ τῷ σώματι.  4ἀμνημονῶ τί πέπρακταί μοι ἐν τῇ νόσῳ, τῶν φρενῶν πρότερον ἀπολειφθεὶς καὶ μανείς.   —MBVCPrRbRw, partial MnSSa

TRANSLATION:   Deprived of my previous wits, during the madness. I am unaware not because now deprived of my wits, but rather during my sickness. For the sense organ through which we take in what is being done shares in the illness of the body. I am unaware of what has been done by me during my sickness, because I was previously deprived of my wits and became mad.

LEMMA: MVCRb, τῶν πρὶν φρενῶν B, τῶν πρὶν ἀπολ. φρ. MnS(ὁ prep.)Sa, ἀμνημονῶ γὰρ Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb

APP. CRIT.:   1 τῶν … ἀπολειφθεὶς om. MnSSa (cf. their lemma)   |    1–2 ἐν τῇ … φρενῶν add. Sar in space left by Sa   |    1–2 ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ … ἀπολειφθεὶς om. M   |    2 νῦν] νοῦν B, perhaps Sar   |    τῶν om. MnSSa   |    νῦν add. before ἀμνημονῶ BVMnPrRbSSa   |    2–4 ἀλλ’ ἐν … ἀμνημονῶ om. Rb   |    2 ἀλλ’ ἐν] ἢ ἀμνημονῶ ἃ πέπρακτα μοι ἐν V   |    3–4 τὸ γὰρ κτλ om. MnSSa   |    3 τὸ γὰρ … σώματι om. app. Pr (damage)   |    σὺ νοσεῖ M   |    4 ἀμνημονῶ τί … νόσῳ om. V   |    τῶν φρενῶν πρότερον] τῶν προτέρων φρενῶν BPr

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μανίᾳ] μαντία Mn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,1–5; Dind. II.84,4–8

COLLATION NOTES:   Recheck Sa for νῦν/νοῦν, 128v line 14.   |


Or. 216.12 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: τί πέπονθα ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν πρὸ τῆς μανίας φρενῶν.  —V

LEMMA: V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,6–7; Dind. II.84,8–9


Or. 216.13 (rec exeg) ἄλλως· ἀμνημονῶ γὰρ τῶν πρὶν ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν:  1δεῖ δὲ νοεῖν· οὐχὶ νῦν ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν φρενῶν, ἀλλὰ τότε·  2νῦν γὰρ φρονίμως διαλέγεται.   —VPrRw

TRANSLATION:   One must interpret: not now deprived of his wits, but back then. For now he is conversing intelligently.

LEMMA: V, ἀμνημονῶ ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν Pr       POSITION: follows sch. 200.05 PrRw (200.05 itself out of order Pr, bottom block 16v)

APP. CRIT.:   1 between lemma and start of note V inserts sch. 216.07

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,10–11; Dind. II.84,10–12


Or. 216.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν⟩: στερηθεὶς τῶν πρότερον σώων φρενῶν καὶ μαινόμενος γεγονὼς ἀμνημονῶ ποῦ ἦλθον καὶ ποῦ εἰμί.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   First word is reused Y gloss.   |


Or. 216.15 (recMosch gloss) ἀπολειφθεὶς: στερηθεὶς  —V1F2MnRfSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,12


Or. 216.16 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀπολειφθεὶς⟩: πόρρω γενόμενος ὑπὸ τῆς μανίας  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,12


Or. 216.17 (rec exeg) ⟨φρενῶν⟩: τῶν ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ  —OB3a

POSITION: marg.


Or. 216.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρενῶν⟩: μανικῶν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 216.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρενῶν⟩: καὶ διανοιῶν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 216.20 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 217.01 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —V1AaAbCrMnRSaOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuTB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 217.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὄντως  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 217.03 (rec gloss) ⟨μ’⟩: τίνα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Indicating that μ’ is from με and not μοι and/or that it is an acc. object. Cf. sch. 130.04.


Or. 217.04 (tri metr) ⟨ηὔφρανας⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 217.05 (rec gloss) ⟨πεσὼν⟩: τραπεὶς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 217.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πεσὼν⟩: ἐλθών  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 218.01 (vet exeg) ⟨βούλει θίγω σου⟩: φιλαδέλφου κόρης ἦθος καὶ λόγους ἐμιμήσατο.  —MBCAaPraPrbRb

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) has represented the character and utterances of a sister affectionate toward a brother.

LEMMA: MC, 217 ὦ φίλτατ’ Rb       REF. SYMBOL: MRb       POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. AaPrb; follows sch. 221.01 Pra

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ λόγ. μιμήσατο om. Aa   |    καὶ om. Pra   |    ἦθος καὶ λόγον Prb, ἦθος λόγων Pra

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,12–13; Dind. II.84,16–17

KEYWORDS:  character, analysis of


Or. 218.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βούλει⟩: ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ ‘τί σοι θέλεις δῆτ’ εἰκάθω’ ὅ φησι Σοφοκλῆς [Soph. OT 651].  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:   (This passage) is similar (in its grammatical construction) to the line ‘what, then, do you want me to yield to you?’ that Sophocles says.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm       POSITION: s.l. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,21–22

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Sophocles


Or. 218.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨βούλει⟩: θέλεις  —CrSaOxZZaZbTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 218.04 (thom exeg) ⟨θίγω⟩:  1διότι μὲν ἤρξατο θίγειν, θίγω ἐνεστῶτα καὶ οὐ θίξω εἶπε.  2διότι δὲ ἔμελλε κουφιεῖν, κουφίσω ἐπὶ μέλλοντος καὶ οὐ κουφίζω εἶπε.  3διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ βούλει ποσῶς μὲν πρὸς τὸ θίγω νοεῖται, τὸ δὲ ὅλον πρὸς τὸ ἀνακουφίσω.  4ἢ καὶ τὸ θίγω ὑποτακτικὸν νόει.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Because she has (already) begun to touch him, she said ‘I touch’ in the present tense and not ‘I will touch’. But because she was (still) about to raise him, she said ‘I will raise’ in the future tense and not ‘I raise’. For this reason also the verb ‘do you want’ is understood to apply to ‘I touch’ to a certain extent, but completely to ‘I will raise up’. Or, alternatively, interpret ‘I touch’ also as subjunctive.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm

APP. CRIT.:   2 κουφίζω] κουφίσω Z [Zl]   |    4 προσ[τακτικόν] a.c. Zl

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπεν Ta   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,17–21


Or. 218.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨θίγω⟩: ἵνα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 218.06 (rec exeg) ⟨θίγω⟩: ἐλλειπτικῶς  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   With ellipsis (scil. of ‘hina’ to introduce the subjunctive).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐλλιπτικῶς Pr   |

KEYWORDS:  ἐλλειπτικῶς


Or. 218.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θίγω⟩: τὸ βούλει μετὰ ὐποτακτικοῦ συντάσσεται.  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 218.08 (rec gloss) ⟨θίγω⟩: προσεγγίσω  —V1

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 218.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θίγω⟩: προσεγγίζω  —B4

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 218.10 (rec gloss) ⟨θίγω⟩: προσψαύσω  —V1CrOxZb2Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu


Or. 218.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θίγω⟩: ψαύσω  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 218.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θίγω⟩: ψαύω  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 218.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θίγω⟩: καὶ βαστάσω  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 218.14 (rec gloss) ⟨σου⟩: σοι  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 218.15 (rec gloss) ⟨κἀνακουφίσω⟩: ἀνεγείρω  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 218.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀνακουφίσω⟩: ἀναψυχήσω  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀνασυκήσω Zl

COMMENT:   ἀναψυχήσω is late Greek for ἀναψύξω.


Or. 218.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀνακουφίσω⟩: καὶ ἐλαφρυνῶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 218.18 (tri metr) ⟨κἀνακουφίσω⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 218.19 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: τὸ σῶμα  —F2OxTZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   |    τὸ om. Zl


Or. 218.20 (rec artGloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: τὸ  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 219.01 (vet exeg) λαβοῦ λαβοῦ δῆτ’: 1σφόδρα δεομένου ἡ φωνή· 2διὸ τῇ ἐπαναλήψει κέχρηται.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The expression is that of one earnestly entreating; therefore he uses repetition of the same word (epanalepsis).

LEMMA: MVC, λαβοῦ λαβοῦ MnRbRwSSa      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: intermarg. B; between sch. 168.05 and sch. 174.04 Rw, cont. from 218.01 Pr

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ σφόδρα VMnRbS(τὸ)Sa, τοῦ σφοδροῦ Rw   |    δεομένη Pr   |    φωνή ἐστι VMnRbRw(ἐστιν)SSa   |    2 διὸ καὶ BVMnPrSSa, ἐξ οὗ καὶ Rw   |    τῇ μὲν ἐπ. MnRbSSa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,14–15; Dind. II.84,23–24

KEYWORDS:  epanalepsis


Or. 219.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨λαβοῦ⟩: ἅψαι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 219.03 (thom exeg) ⟨λαβοῦ⟩: ὥστε ἀνακουφίσαι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 219.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λαβοῦ⟩: κούφισον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 219.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ὄμορξον⟩: ἀπόπλυνον  —V1Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 219.06 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὄμορξον⟩: ἀποσπόγγισον  —V3AaMnCrFPrRRfSSaOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOxZu   |    ἀποσπόγγια Cr, a.c. Ox


Or. 219.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄμορξον⟩: ἤγουν ἐξόμορξον  —F

POSITION: marg.


Or. 219.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄμορξον⟩: ἔκμαξον  —A2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 219.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὄμορξον⟩: ἀπόμοργμα ὁ σπόγγος καὶ τὸ εἴδωλον  —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu       POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.:   a.c. perhaps ἀπογγ*ωμα, p.c. app. ἀπόργμα Zu

COMMENT:   For the gloss εἴδωλον, cf. Photius α 2572 καὶ ἀπόμοργμα τὸ ἐκτύπωμα καὶ ὁμοίωμα, ps.-Zonaras 253,21 ἀπομόργματα· σφραγίδων ἐκτυπώματα.


Or. 219.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀθλίου⟩: ἐκ τοῦ  —XXaXbTYYfGr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 219.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀθλίου⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ  —Aa2FZcZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ om. FZu


Or. 219.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀθλίου⟩: καὶ τοῦ  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 220.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στόματος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 220.02 (vet exeg) ἀφρώδη πέλανον: τὸν πεπηγότα ῥύπον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀφροῦ  —MBOVaVbCAbMnaMnbPrRbSaSbSaaSab

TRANSLATION:   The caked crust (formed) from foam.

LEMMA: Va, στόματος ἀφρώδη M      REF. SYMBOL: MV      POSITION: intermarg. B; s.l. VbCAbMnbSbSab; cont. from 219.01 B, cont. from 220.05 Pr

APP. CRIT.:   ἀφρώδη δὲ πέλανον prep. MnaRbSaSaa(ἀφθώδη Mna, δὲ om. Sa), πέλανον δὲ prep. B, πέλανον δὲ κυρίως εἶπε prep. Pr   |    καὶ prep. Sb   |    ὑπὸ] ἀπὸ VaAbMnaMnbSaSbSaaSab, p.c. Pr   |    τοῦ om. OVb

APP. CRIT. 2:   ῥῦπον CPrSaSb, a.c. Rb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,17–18; Dind. II.84,27

COMMENT:   The mss all have the accentuation πέλανον, not πελανὸν, as editors print on the basis of Herodian Gram.Gr. 3:1.178,19 (but V1 writes πελανὸν in Alc. 851 and in the scholion on that line, and the original hand in M at Hipp. 147 has πελανῶν as opposed to πελάνων of other mss and M2).   |


Or. 220.03 (rec exeg) ἀφρώδη πέλανον:  1καλῶς εἶπεν ἀφρώδη πέλανον ἐπὶ τοῦ στόματος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ὀμμάτων οὐ δεῖ προσλαμβάνειν τὸ ἀφρώδη πέλανον, ἀλλὰ μόνον πέλανον.  2ἐπὶ γὰρ τῶν ὀμμάτων ῥύπος μὲν γίνεται, ἀφρῶδες δὲ οὔ.   —VRw(C)

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) well said ‘foamlike crust’ in application to the mouth, but in the case of the eyes one should not apply (the description) ‘foamlike crust’ but only ‘crust’. For in the case of the eyes, a dirty bit of crud does occur, but it is not foamlike.

LEMMA: C (omits content)      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: follows sch. 227.06 V, cont. from 227.06 Rw; (lemma only) between 225.15 and 234.12 C

APP. CRIT.:   2 γὰρ] μὲν γὰρ Rw   |    ἀφρῶδες] ἀφροδίτη Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,6–8; Dind. II.85,6–9


Or. 220.04 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀφρώδη⟩: τὸν  —F2R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 220.05 (vet exeg) πέλανον:  1κυρίως πέλανος τὸ λεπτὸν πέμμα ᾧ χρῶνται πρὸς τὰς θυσίας, παρὰ τὸ πεπλατύνθαι.  2οἱ δέ φασι καὶ πᾶν ἐξ ὑγροῦ πεπηγός.  3ἔνιοι δὲ παρὰ τὴν παιπάλην·  4ἐκ γὰρ ταύτης ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον γίνεται.  5ἢ παρὰ τὸ παλῦναι, ὅ ἐστι λευκᾶναι·  6Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.7]· ‘ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’.  7λευκὸν γὰρ τὸ πέμμα. 5οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πελάζειν καὶ ἱκετεύειν τοὺς θεοὺς δι’ αὐτῶν.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   In the proper sense, ‘pelanos’ is the light cake that people use for sacrifices, derived from (the fact of) its having been flattened (‘plat-’). Others say it also means anything that has solidified out of something moist. Some derive it from ‘paipalē’ (fine meal, flour), because for the most part ‘pelanos’ is made out of this. Alternatively, derived from ‘to besprinkle’ (‘palun-’) meaning ‘to whiten’. Homer (says): ‘(snow) lightly dusted (‘epalunen’) the fields (with white)’. For the cake is white. Others derive it from (the fact that people) ‘draw near’ (‘pelazein’) and supplicate the gods with them (the cakes).

LEMMA: MB, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MB

APP. CRIT.:   1 κυρίως transp. after πέλ. BPrRw   |    πέλανος] Arsenius, πέλανον MBVCPr, μέλανον Rw   |    λευκόν Pr   |    ᾧ] ὃ MV   |    χρῆται Rw   |    2 ὁ δὲ φησὶ MBCPrRw   |    3 δὲ] MVRw, om. others   |    παρὰ τὸ πεπάλην VC, παρὰ τὴν πετάλην MPr (for this error compare Photius π 538 τὸ ἐκ τῆς πετάλης πέμμα)   |    4 εἰς γὰρ ταύτην M   |    τὸ om. Pr   |    5 παλῦναι] πλατύναι B, πλῦναι C   |    6 καὶ ὅμηρος VCPrRw   |    ἀργύρας Rw, ἀρούραις Pr   |    7 πέμμα] πέλημα M   |    8 οἱ δὲ] ἢ Rw   |    ἀπὸ τοῦ] παρὰ τὸ V, διὰ τὸ Rw   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   5 παλύναι MPrRw   |    ἐστὶν M   |    λευκάναι MVCPrRw   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,19–130,5; Dind. II.85,1–6

COMMENT:   Similarly, sch. V Rhes. 430 ὡς πέμμα ξηρανθὲν τὸ αἷμα τοῦ φόνου. ἀκύρως δὲ κέχρηται τῷ πέλανος, ἄμεινον δὲ ἑτέρωθι [220] εἶπεν ‘ἀφρώδη πέλανον’ διὰ τὴν λευκότητα. κυρίως γὰρ ἔλεγον πελάνους τὰ πόπανα ἀπὸ τοῦ πεπλατύνθαι· ἢ ἀπὸ τῆς παιπάλης, ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ λεπτοτάτου κατασκευάζονται. καὶ Ὅμηρος τὸ λευκᾶναι παλῦναί φησιν [Hom. Il. 10.7]· ‘ὅτε πέρ τε χιὼν ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’. Cf. Harpocration 44 Keaney πέλανος· Λυκοῦργος ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῆς ἱερείας. πολλάκις ἐστὶ τοὔνομα παρὰ πολλοῖς τῶν ἀρχαίων. Ἀπολλώνιος δ’ ὁ Ἀχαρνεὺς ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῶν ἑορτῶν οὕτω γράφει: ‘ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ὁ προσαγορευόμενος πέλανος. λέγεται δὲ πέμματά τινα τοῖς θεοῖς γινόμενα ἐκ τοῦ ἀφαιρεθέντος σίτου ἐκ τῆς ἅλω’. ⟨Σαννυρίων⟩ δ’ ἐν Γέλωτί φησι: ‘πέλανον ⟨καλοῦμεν ἡμεῖς οἱ θεοί⟩ / ἃ καλεῖτε σεμνῶς ἄλφιθ’ ὑμεῖς οἱ βροτοί.’ Δίδυμος δὲ κυρίως φησὶ τὸ ἐκ τῆς παιπάλης πέμμα, ἐξ ἧς ποιοῦνται πέμματα, ἢ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πεπλατύνθαι, ἢ ὅτι λευκά ἐστιν· Ὅμηρος: ‘ὅτε πέρ τε χιὼν ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’. ἢ διὰ τὸ φανὸν εἶναι, ὅ ἐστι λευκόν. Εὐριπίδης μέντοι ἐν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ [219–220] ἰδίως φησὶν· ‘ἐκ δ’ ὄμορξον ἀθλίου / στόματος ἀφρώδη πέλανον’. ὅπερ τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ στόματος ἀφρὸν δηλοῖ (the latter half also in Photius and Suda s.v. πέλανος); Et. Magn. 659,15–25; Sch. Apoll. Rhod. 1.1075–77b, etc.

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)


Or. 220.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: τὸν πεπηγότα ῥύπον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀφροῦ, ἀπὸ τοῦ παλύναι ὅ ἐστι λευκάναι. Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.7]· ‘ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’. οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πελάζειν καὶ ἱκετεύειν τοὺς θεοὺς.  —V3

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)


Or. 220.07 (plan exeg) πέλανον:  1κυρίως πέλανος τὸ λεπτὸν πέμμα ᾧ χρῶνται πρὸς τὰς θυσίας.  2ἔνιοι δέ φασι καὶ πᾶν ἐξ ὑγροῦ πεπηγμένον.  3παρὰ τὸ παλῦναι, ὅ ἐστι λευκᾶναι.  4πέλανον ἐνταῦθα τὸν πεπηγότα ῥύπον ὑπὸ τοὺ ἀφροῦ.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa

TRANSLATION:   Properly speaking, ‘pelanos’ is the light cake/batter that people use for sacrifices. And some say it is also everything that is congealed from something liquid. Derived from ‘palunai’ meaning ‘whiten’. Here ‘pelanon’ is the dirty crust congealed from the foam (scil. of spittle or of tears).

LEMMA: ἀφρώδη πέλανον G; label μαξ in marg. Y       POSITION: cont. from sch. 220.12 X

APP. CRIT.:   1 κυρίως transp. after πελ. Xo   |   πέλανος XoY, πέλανον others   |    3 παρὰ τὸ] ἀπὸ τοῦ G   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 παλύναι Aa, παλκῦναι Xb   |    λευκάναι X   |    4 ῥῦπον AaYf (perhaps ῥῶπον a.c. Yf)   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.85,10–13

COMMENT:   Y labels this as Planudean; Yf has a cross, but there are many of these in Yf and their significance, if any, is unclear.   |

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   Planudes


Or. 220.08 (rec gram) ⟨πέλανον⟩: πέλανος τὸ πλακούντιον ἀπὸ τοῦ πέλειν ἐν τοῖς ναοῖς.  —Pr

COMMENT:   For πέλανος glossed with or equated to πλακούντιον or πλακοῦς cf. Hesych. π 1284, Photius α 1675, Eust. in Il. 18.573 (4.263,12–15), Sch. A. Pers. 524.

KEYWORDS:  etymology


Or. 220.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: πέλανος [καὶ] ὁ π[ερὶ τῷ στόματι] / πεπηγὼς ἀφρός [καὶ τὸ περι]/πεπηγὸς (?)ἐκ τοῦ(?) ἐξηρα[μμένου] / ὀπῶδες δάρκυ[ον].  —A2

REF. SYMBOL: A2       POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.:   obscured by damage and trimmed margin

COMMENT:   The note is copied from Suda π 928 (a longer entry).

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original A fol. 21.    |


Or. 220.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩:  1πέλανος προσηγορικὸν ὄνομα, ὁ ἀφρός·  2κατὰ παντὸς γὰρ ἀφροῦ λέγεται ἡ λέξις ἀπὸ τοῦ πελάζειν ἄνω ὡς κουφότερον·  3τὰ γὰρ κοῦφα τὰ ἄνω ζητοῦσιν, ὡς τὸ ἀσκός.  4ἀποσπόγγισον τὸν ἀφρώδῃ πέλανον·  5οἱ γὰρ δαιμονιζόμενοι καὶ ἐκ τῶν στομάτων αὐτῶν ἀφροὺς πέμπουσι, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὀμμάτων δάκρυα, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν λήμας·  6πλεονάζει γὰρ τὸ ὑγρὸν, καὶ μὴ ἔχον ἔξοδον ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν·  7ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς πλημμελείας τοῦ στομάχου πλεονάσαν τὸ ὑγρὸν, γίνονται αἱ ἀναθυμιάσεις,  8καὶ μὴ ἔχον ἔξοδον τὸ πνεῦμα ἀνέρχεται τὰ ἄνω μέρη ζητοῦν ἔξοδον,  9καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον ἀθροιζόμενον ἐκεῖσε σκοτίζει τὸν ἐγκέφαλον, καὶ τὰ μέλη σπαράσσει ζητοῦν ἔξοδον,  10καὶ οὕτως σκοτισθέντος τοῦ ἐγκεφάλου γίνεται παράφρων ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἕως οὗ ἐκφορηθῇ τὸ πνεῦμα·  11οὕτως γὰρ εἰσέρχεται τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἐν τῇ γῇ καὶ σείει αὐτὴν, μὴ ἔχον τοῦ ἐξελθεῖν.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Pelanos’ is a common noun, (meaning) froth/foam. For the word is applied to every kind of froth, by derivation from ‘approaching upward’ (‘pelazein anō’) as being lighter. For light things seek the upper positions, like a leather-pouch (filled with air). Wipe off the foamy froth. For those afflicted by demons emit foam from their mouths and tears from their eyes and rheum from their eyes. For the wet element is in excess (in them), and not having a way out it emerges from the mouth and from the eyes. For when because of an imbalance of the stomach the wet element has become excessive, exhalations occur, and since the breath does not have a way out it rises up to the upper parts seeking an exit, and failing to find (one) it accumulates there and darkens the brain, and it causes convulsions of the limbs as it seeks an exit. And thus when the brain is darkened in this way the person becomes delirious, until the breath is borne outside. For in this way breath (‘pneuma’) enters also inside the earth and causes the earth to quake, since it is not able to get out.

APP. CRIT.:   2 κουφοτέρως (or ‑τερως) Yf2   |    11 ἔχον ποῦ ἐξελθεῖν tentatively Dind.   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.85,15–27

COMMENT:   No parallel for this discussion is found in TLG. But among the as yet unpublished scholia on Euripides there are similarities in sch. SSa Hec. 68 (ἀναθυμίασις rising and entering the brain to cause dreams), sch. SbS Hec. 324 (ἀναθυμίασις beneath the earth; see Prelim. Stud. 146–147). The latter is from a pre-Palaeologan source, and the same is probably true of what Yf2 has added here.   |    In 2 one could perhaps also consider κουφοτέρου (agreeing with ἀφροῦ), but in scripts like that of Yf and Yf2 the ον sign is often curved and similar to the sign for ως, so ον is the more likely origin of the error ως.

COLLATION NOTES:   In the sloppy and crowded script of Yf2, ἀναθυμιάσεις was easily misread as ἀναθυμήσεις by Matthiae’s collator and thus corrected to ‑ιάσεις by Dindorf, but in fact the scribe wrote the correct form himself.   |


Or. 220.11 (rec gloss) ⟨πέλανον⟩: ῥύπον  —OCrFRRfOxZb2ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   ῥῦπον CrFRfZuB3aOx [accent obscured Zb: app. either omitted or acute]   |


Or. 220.12 (mosch exeg) πέλανον: τὸν πεπηγότα ῥύπον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  The caked crust.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν om. XaXoYYfGr   |    ῥύπον om. G

APP. CRIT. 2:   ῥῶπον a.c., ῥῦπον p.c. Yf   |


Or. 220.13 (thom exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: ἥγουν τὸν πεπηγότα σίελον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuAa

TRANSLATION:  The caked spittle.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν] λέγ(ει) Aa   |    τὸν ῥύπον add. Zb, ῥύπον add. Aa

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu writes only σίελον, reusing Gr’s words.   |


Or. 220.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέλανον⟩: ἄφρον  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 220.15 (rec gram) ⟨πέλανον⟩: ὁ ἀφρὸς, ἀπὸ τῶν πελάζειν ἄνω.  —MnPr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ ἀφρὸς] om. Mn

KEYWORDS:  etymology


Or. 220.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πέλανον⟩: τὸν λεπτὸν ῥύπον τὸν πεπηγότα  —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu       POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ῥῦπον Zu   |


Or. 220.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: τὸν ἐξ ἄφρου γενόμενον μολυσμόν  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 220.18 (rec gloss) ⟨πέλανον⟩: μολυσμὸν  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 220.19 (thom exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩:  1πέλανος σημαίνει δύο, τὸν σίελον ὡς ἐνταῦθα, καὶ εἶδος θύματος ἤτοι τὸν πλακοῦντα,  2ὡς Αἰσχύλος ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ [Aesch. Pers. 204, 524] φησίν.   —ZbZlZmGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Pelanos’ has two meanings, spittle as here, and a type of sacrificial offering, that is, the flat cake, as Aeschylus uses it in the third play (of the Byzantine Aeschylean triad, i.e., Persians).

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZlZm

APP. CRIT.:   2 ὡς καὶ Zb, but καὶ partly erased   |    φησίν om. Zl   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 αἰσχῦλος ZbZm   |    φησὶ Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.85,13–14

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aeschylus


Or. 220.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀμμάτων τ’ ἐμῶν⟩: ἀπὸ  —GMnSSaZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. MnZu   |    τῶν add. MnS


Or. 220.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀμμάτων τ’ ἐμῶν⟩: λείπει τὴν λήμην.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:  (With ‘of my eyes’) ‘the rheum’ is to be supplied.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 220.22 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀμμάτων τ’ ἐμῶν⟩: τὰς λήμας δηλονότι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  Obviously, (referring to) the flows of rheum (from the eyes).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς λήμης Za


Or. 220.23 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ὀμμάτων⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 221.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ τὸ δούλευμ’ ἡδύ⟩: τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ γένους ἀνάγκην προβάλλεται πρὸς τὸ μὴ δυσωπῆσαι τῇ θεραπείᾳ τὸν ἀδελφόν  —MBVCPraPrbRbRw

TRANSLATION:   She puts forward the compulsion deriving from kinship in order not to cause embarrassment to her brother by her attending to him.

LEMMA: MVCRb, τὸ δούλευμ’ ἡδύ Rw, κ’οὐκ ἀναίνομαι ἀδελφ’ B, κοὐκ ἀναίνομαι Pra       REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: s.l. Prb

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν] τὸν M; διὰ add. above τὴν V3   |    ἀπὸ om. V   |    μὴ om. BPraPrb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,9–10; Dind. II.86,8–10


Or. 221.02 (mosch exeg) ἰδού: ποιῶ δηλονότι ὃ λέγεις.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Idou’, ‘there’, indicates,) clearly, ‘I am doing what you say’.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   δηλ. om. GZc   |    ὃ λέγεις om. Aa2

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,1


Or. 221.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδού⟩: ἤδη ποιῶ τοῦτο.  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 221.04 (rec gloss) ⟨δούλευμα⟩: ἡ δουλεία  —F2Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Pr


Or. 221.05 (recThom exeg) ⟨δούλευμα⟩: γρ. βούλευμα.  —MnZZa

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘douleuma’, ‘service’,) the reading ‘bouleuma’ (‘plan’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 221.06 (rec gloss) ⟨βούλευμα⟩: κέλευμα  —Rw

LEMMA: βούλευμα in text Rw       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 221.07 (rec exeg) ⟨βούλευμα⟩: δούλευμα  —Aa2AbYf

LEMMA: βούλευμα in text all       REF. SYMBOL: Yf       POSITION: s.l. Aa2Ab, marg. Yf

APP. CRIT.:   ἀλλαχοῦ γρ(άφεται) τὸ prep. Yf

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 221.08 (pllgn gloss) βούλευμα: καὶ τὸ θέλημα  —Yf

LEMMA: βούλευμα in text Yf       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 221.09 (thom exeg) ⟨δούλευμα⟩: ὃ συμβουλεύεις μοι, ἢ τὸ ὑπούργημα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   (If the reading is ‘bouleuma’, it means) that which you advise me to do, or (if the reading is ‘douleuma’, the meaning is) the helpful service.

LEMMA: βούλευμα in text ZbZlZm       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ὃ … ἢ om. T   |    βουλεύεις Zl   |    ἢ τὸ om. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,1–2


Or. 221.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡδύ⟩: γλυκὺ  —CrF2MnOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 221.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡδύ⟩: ἐστὶ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 221.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡδύ⟩: ὑπάρχει  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 221.13 (thom exeg) ⟨κοὐκ ἀναίνομαι⟩: ἀπὸ γὰρ φρονήσεως λέγεις.  —ZZaZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   (I obey you) because you speak rationally.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,7


Or. 221.14 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀναίνομαι⟩: ἀπαρνοῦμαι  —AaCrMnSXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZb2Ox, perhaps Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X, καὶ prep. CrSOx   |    οὐκ add. before ἀπαρν. CrMnSOxZl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,6–7


Or. 221.15 (plan gram) ἀναίνομαι:  1συναινῶ τὸ συμφωνῶ καὶ ἐπινεύω, ᾧ ἐναντίον τὸ ἀναίνομαι.  2παραινῶ τὸ συμβουλεύω, ἐπαινῶ τὸ εὖ λέγω.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   ‘Sunainō’ means ‘I agree’ and ‘I consent’, the opposite of which is ‘anainomai’. ‘Parainō’ means ‘I advise’, ‘epainō’ means ‘I speak well of’.

LEMMA: lemma ἰδοὺ τὸ βούλευμ’ ἡδύ, κοὐκ ἀναίνομαι G       POSITION: after sch. 222.03 X; cont. from sch. 220.07 Xa

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπινεύω] πιστεύω G   |    ἀπαναίνομαι G

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 συμαίνω Y   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,5–6

COMMENT:   The label in Y beside sch. 220.07 seems also to apply to this note and to sch. 223.26, which are written closely after it, with a large gap before the next scholion in the side column.

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |


Or. 221.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναίνομαι⟩: ἀπαρνοῦμαι προίεμαι  —B4

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   From Photius α 1492, Suda α 2201, or Lex. Segueriana (Anecdota Gr. Bachmann, I.82,32).


Or. 221.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναίνομαι⟩: ἀνανεύω app.  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 221.18 (tri gloss) ⟨ἀναίνομαι⟩: ἀπαρέσκομαι  —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,4


Or. 222.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀδέλφ’⟩: ἀδελφικὰ μέλη  —V1Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 222.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀδέλφ’⟩: ἀδελφικὰ  —AaAbCrMnSSaOxZZaZbZlZmZuZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ prep. Sa, καὶ τὰ prep. CrSZuOx   |    ἀδελφινὰ app. Zl

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀδελφοικὰ Ab   |


Or. 222.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀδέλφ’⟩: ἀδελφά, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδελφικά.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:   (The spelling without elision is) ‘adelpha’, used in the sense ‘belonging to a brother’ (‘adelphika’).

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἀδελφά om. XoYf   |    ἀδελφικῶς Xo

COMMENT:   ἀδελφικῶς (as in Xo) is also reported by Günther as in Xp = Vat.gr. 1363, which I have not inspected.   |

COLLATION NOTES:   Check Xp.   |


Or. 222.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀδέλφ’⟩: γνήσια  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 222.05 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἀδέλφ’⟩: τὰ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 222.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀδελφῇ⟩: ἀδελφικῇ  —V1AbMnPrSXoYfZuZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῇ prep. Zu, καὶ prep. Pr   |    ἀδελφὴ S   |    χειρί add. Zc

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀδελφοικὴ Ab, ἀδελφικὴ Mn   |


Or. 222.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀδελφῇ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδελφικῇ  —XXaXbT+YGr

TRANSLATION:   (The simple form ‘sister’ is) used in the sense ‘belonging to a sister’.

POSITION: s.l., except X (cont. from prev.)


Or. 222.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀδελφῇ⟩: τὸ ἁπλοῦν ἀντὶ τοῦ κτητικοῦ  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   The simple (root‑)form is used instead of the (derived) possessive adjective.

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 222.09 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀδελφῇ⟩: ἐν  —ZZbZlZmZc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 222.10 (rec gloss) ⟨θεραπεύειν⟩: ὥστε  —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 222.11 (tri metr) ⟨θεραπεύειν⟩: long mark(?) over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50

COMMENT:   The mark is definitely lighter than the other writing on this page. Although shorter than many long marks written by Triclinius, it matches in length and positioning the clear long mark over alpha of 214 εὐκτέα on the same page. This mark is absent from the copy Ta. It may be light because it was added at the latest stage of revision, for some late additions elsewhere are in a very light ink. Or Triclinius meant to erase it but did not do a complete job: erasure would imply a self-correction, from scanning the fourth foot of the trimeter as a split anapaest to scanning it rightly as a tribrach with resolution of the long.

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original T 54v third from bottom, is it really ink?   |


Or. 222.12 (rec gloss) ⟨μέλη⟩: ἐς τὰ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 222.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨μέλη⟩: τὰ  —AbF2MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 223.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ὑπόβαλε πλευροῖς πλευρά⟩: ἀστείως ταῦτα πεποίηται τοῖς λόγοις καὶ τοῖς ἤθεσι καὶ τῇ κατὰ τὴν σκηνὴν διαθέσει.  —MBVCMnRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   This passage has been composed in a charming and refined way in respect to the words, the characters, and the disposition on stage.

LEMMA: C, ὑπόβαλε πλευροῖς Rw, ὑπόβαλε πλευρά M, ὑπόβαλε MnRbSSa; ἄλλως V       REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: follows sch. 224.01 V

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν] τοῦ M, om. Rw   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἥθεσι C   |   σκηνὴν] σὴν Mn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,11–12; Dind. II.86,11–12

KEYWORDS:  character, analysis of   |   praise of poet’s skill   |   staging, position or gesture of actors


Or. 223.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑπόβαλε πλευροῖς πλευρά⟩: ὑποβαλοῦσα τὰ σὰ πλευρὰ τοῖς ἐμοῖς ἀνόρθου τοὐμὸν δέμας. —C

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 223.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπόβαλε⟩: θὲς  —AbMnSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 223.04 (thom gloss) ⟨ὑπόβαλε⟩: ὑπόθες  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 223.05 (rec gloss) ⟨πλευροῖσι πλευρὰν⟩: τοῖς πλευροῖς πλευρὰ  —Ra

LEMMA: thus in text a.c. R


Or. 223.06 (rec gloss) ⟨πλευροῖσι⟩: ἐν  —Sa

LEMMA: thus in text Sa       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 223.07 (rec exeg) ⟨πλευροῖσι⟩: πλευρῇσι  —MnRSa

LEMMA: πλευροῖσι in text RSa,-ῇσι Mn       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 223.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨πλευροῖσι⟩: τοῖς  —AbF2MnS

LEMMA: πλευροῖσι in text S, ‑ῇσι AbMn, ‑οις F       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   app. crossed out in Ab


Or. 223.09 (thom gloss) ⟨πλευροῖς⟩: τοῖς ἐμοῖς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuAa3

LEMMA: πλευρῇς in text ZZa, πλευραῖς in text Aa2 in erasure       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ταῖς ἐμαῖς Za   |    τοῖς om. Aa3


Or. 223.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πλευρῆς⟩: ὑποκάτω  —Zu

LEMMA: thus in text Zu       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 223.11 (rec gloss) ⟨πλευρῇσι⟩: μου  —AbMn

LEMMA: thus in text AbMn       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 223.12 (rec gloss) ⟨πλευρὰν⟩: τὴν σου  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   The article is accented thus with a grave, and there is no significant space between the words, but perhaps the lemma word is to be supplied from below in between them, giving τὴν πλευράν σου.


Or. 223.13 (thom gloss) ⟨πλευρὰν⟩: τὴν σὴν  —ZZaZbZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 223.14 (rec gloss) ⟨πλευρὰ⟩: σου  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 223.15 (tri gloss) ⟨πλευρὰ⟩: τὰ σὰ  —T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 223.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨πλευρὰ⟩: τὰ  —Aa2FMnS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 223.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πλευρὰ⟩: πλευρὰν  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 223.18 (223–224) (rec paraphr) ⟨καὐχμώδη … προσώπου⟩: καὶ αὐχμώδη κόμην ἄφελε προσώπου.  —VMnRbSSa

POSITION: cont. from sch. 219.01 in all, and in RbSSa followed by sch. 220.02 without division

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,24–25

COMMENT:   The paraphrase is apparently intended to clarify the crasis καὐχμώδη and indicate that the second acc. κόμην belongs with ἄφελε and not the verb in its own line.   |


Or. 223.19 (rec gloss) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩: ξηράν  —V1CrFPrXo2ZuOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu, καὶ τὴν prep. CrOx


Or. 223.20 (recThom gloss) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩: κατάξηρον  —AaAbMnRSZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 223.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩: ἄλουτον  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 223.22 (rec gloss) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩: ῥυπαρὰν  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν prep. S


Or. 223.23 (recThom gloss) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩: ῥυπώδη  —V3PrZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   only left edge of rho extant in Zl (trimming)

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ώδες Za a.c.


Or. 223.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩: αἰσχρώ(δη)(?)  —B4

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   αἰσχρῶ B4

COMMENT:   There is only one citation of αἰσχρώδης in TLG (in a medieval poem earlier than the 15th century). I assume that αἰσχρῶ here misrepresents a gloss that consisted of αἰσχρώ written above αὐχμώ with the intention that the δη be understood from below. Alternatively, it may be a corruption of αἰσχρὰν.

KEYWORDS:  rare word


Or. 223.25 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩: τὴν ξηρότητος μετέχουσαν  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 223.26 (plan gram) καὐχμώδη:  1ἐπομβρία, ὅταν ἐπάλληλοι ὄμβροι ὦσιν, ᾧ ἐναντίον ἡ ἀνομβρία.  2αὐχμὸς δὲ ἡ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀνομβρίας ξηρότης, ἀφ’ οὗ αὐχμηρὸς καὶ αὐχμώδης, ἁπλῶς ὁ ξηρότητος μετέχων.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   A downpour (‘epombria’) is when rains are continuous; the opposite of this is absence of rain (‘anombria’). Drought (‘auchmos’) is the dryness resulting from absence of rain, and derived from it are (the adjectives) ‘auchmēros’ and ‘auchmōdēs’, meaning simply that which partakes of dryness.

LEMMA: G       POSITION: after sch. 224.11 X

APP. CRIT.:   2 τῆς om. XoYYfGr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,15–17

COMMENT:   The label in Y beside sch. 220.07 seems still to apply to this note.   |   ἀνομβρία is the standard definition for αὐχμοί in the lexica. Compare in the Moschopulean περὶ σχεδῶν, p. 183, ὄμβος ἡ βροχή. ἀφ’ οὗ ἐπομβρία, ὅταν συνεχεῖς ὦσι βροχαὶ καὶ ἐπάλληλοι. ὄβριμον ὕδωρ, τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν ὄμβρων; also cf. sch. rec. Arist. Nub. 1120f Koster (from two mss of the second half of the 15th cent.): ἐπομβρία λέγεται, ὅταν ἐπάλληλοι ὄμβροι γίνωνται· οὗ/ἧς ἐναντίον ἡ ἀνομβρία.


Or. 223.27 (rec gram) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩:  1αὖχος τὸ ὄσπριον ἀρσενικῶς, καὶ αὐχμώδους ξηροῦ ῥυπῶντος.  2ξηρὸς ὁ ῥύπος.   —B4

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 αὔχος B4   |    2 ξιρὸς B4   |    ῥῦπος B4   |

COMMENT:   Cf. Suda σ 4545 αὖχος· τὸ ὄσπριον ἀρσενικῶς; Photius α 3273, Suda σ 4544 αὐχμώδους, ξηροῦ, ῥυπῶντος.


Or. 223.28 (rec exeg) ⟨κόμην⟩: τὴν οὖσαν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου, [ …  —O

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   remainder of note, if any, lost to trimmed margin

COMMENT:   The comma is oddly large, and if it is a comma, it is hard to guess what may have followed. ἄφελε or τρίχα would not be separated by a comma; τὴν ἐμήν could be.   |


Or. 223.29 (rec gloss) ⟨κόμην⟩: τρίχα  —CrROx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    τρίχ() R (ending omitted or effaced)


Or. 224.01 (vet exeg) ἄφελε προσώπου:  1τουτέστιν· ἀποδιάστησον τὴν ἔμπροσθεν οὖσαν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου κόμην.  2ἀσθενῆ γὰρ λεύσσω ταῖς κόραις διὰ τὸ ἐπικεῖσθαί μοι τὰς τρίχας.   —MBVaCMnPraRbRwSSa, partial VbPrb

TRANSLATION:   That is, move away the hair that is in front of my eyes. For I see weakly with my eyes because my hair lies over them.

LEMMA: Rw, λεπτὰ γὰρ λεύσω κόραις MC, λεπτὰ γὰρ λεύσσω BVa, λεπτὰ γὰρ Pra, λεπτὸν γὰρ Rb(λευτὸν)MnS, λεπτὰ Sa      REF. SYMBOL: at λεπτὰ MBV, marg. Rb      POSITION: s.l. VbPrb(both starting above ἄφελε προσώπου)

APP. CRIT.:   1 τουτέστιν] ἀντὶ τοῦ VaRbMnSSa, om. VbPrb   |    διάστησον M, ἀποδιαστήσεις Pra   |    ἔμπρ. οὖν ὀφθαλμῶν μου οὖσαν κόμην Pra   |    οὖσαν ἔμπροσθεν transp. VbPrb   |    2 ἀσθενῆ κτλ om. VbPrb   |    ἀσθενὴς Rb   |    κόραις] κόμαις Rw

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κώμην M   |    2 λεύσσω BPra, s.l. Rw, λεύσω others   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,13–15; Dind. II.86,18–20


Or. 224.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄφελε⟩: ἔκβαλε  —AaAbMnRfSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 224.03 (thom gloss) ⟨ἄφελε⟩: ἔξελε  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔξελθε a.c. Zm


Or. 224.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφελε⟩: καθάρισον  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 224.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφελε⟩: ἀποδιάστησον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 224.06 (rec gloss) ⟨προσώπου⟩: ἀπὸ  —Aa2AbF2MnPrRSSaB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ add. Aa2S


Or. 224.07 (rec exeg) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: διὰ τὸ ἐπικεῖσθαί μοι τὰς τρίχας  —OAbMnSSa

REF. SYMBOL: Sa       POSITION: s.l. AbMnS, marg. OSa

APP. CRIT.:   μοι om. Sa, μου Mn


Or. 224.08 (rec gloss) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: ἀσθενῆ  —OAaAbCrFaFbMnPrRSaOx

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Fb

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx

APP. CRIT. 2:   ασθενὴ Mn   |


Or. 224.09 (rec exeg) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: σκιώδεις τινὰς τύπους  —V

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 224.10 (rec gloss) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: σκιώδη  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l. Zu, below word Pr

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu


Or. 224.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: ἤγουν ἀμυδρὰ γὰρ βλέπω τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς.  —X

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,14–15


Or. 224.12 (mosch gloss) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: ἀμυδρὰ  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu


Or. 224.13 (thom exeg) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: ἀσθενῆ ἐπικειμένων τῶν τριχῶν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Lepta’, ‘small’, here means) ‘weak’, because the hair is lying over (the eyes).

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 224.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: ἀμυδρῶς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 224.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: γρ. καὶ λευκά.  —F

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 224.16 (vet exeg) ⟨λεύσσω κόραις⟩:  1γράφεται λεύσσω νόσῳ,  2ἵν’ ᾖ ἡ νόσος με ποιεῖ λεπτὸν λεύσσειν.   —MBCPr, partial VaVbMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   There is also the reading ‘I see because of my illness’, so that the sense is: the sickness makes me see weakly.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 224.01 all except Va (cont. from sch. 223.01)

APP. CRIT.:   1 γρ. … νόσῳ om. VaVbMnRbSSa   |    after γρ. add. καὶ λεπτὰ γὰρ BPr   |    2 ἵν’ ᾖ] οἷον VbMnRbSSa   |    λεπτὰ VbPrSSa, λατ()῀ Va

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λεύσω M   |    2 ποίει Va   |    λεύσειν VaVbCMnRbSSa   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,16–17; Dind. II.86,20–21

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 224.17 (rec exeg) ἢ ἡ νόσος με ποιεῖ ἀσθενῆ βλέπειν.  —AbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l. SMn, marg. AbSa; cont. from sch. 224.07 all

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀσθενεῖ S, ασθενὴ Mn


Or. 224.18 (recMosch gloss) ⟨λεύσσω⟩: βλέπω  —Aa2AbMnRSXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   βέπειν (sic) Mn   |


Or. 224.19 (vet exeg) ⟨κόραις⟩: γρ. νόσῳ  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (For ‘korais’, ‘eyes’) the reading ‘nosōi’ is found.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 224.20 (mosch gloss) ⟨κόραις⟩: τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZuAa2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν prep. Zu   |    τοῖς om. Aa2Xo


Or. 224.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κόραις⟩: ἐν  —F

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Cf. ἐν preposed to 224.20 in Zu.


Or. 224.22 (rec gloss) ⟨κόραις⟩: μου  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 224.23 (rec artGloss) ⟨κόραις⟩: ταῖς  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 225.01 (vet exeg) ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες ἄθλιον κάρα:  1κατὰ ἀναστροφὴν εἶπεν·  2οὐ γάρ ἐστι τῶν βοστρύχων τὸ κάρα, ἀλλὰ τοῦ κάρατος οἱ βόστρυχοι.  3ἢ ὅτι οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐπιλείπεται τῇ κεφαλῇ ἢ μόνον οἱ βόστρυχοι, ἵν’ ᾖ οὕτως· ὦ τῶν βοστρύχων ἄθλιον κάρα.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   She spoke with an inversion. For the head does not belong to the locks of hair, but the locks belong to the head. Or (interpret it) that nothing else is left for the head except only the locks of hair, so that the meaning will be thus: o wretched head of (only) locks of hair.

LEMMA: MC, ὦ βοστ. πιν. V, ὦ βοστ. RbS, τῶν βοστ. MnSa, ἄθλιον κάρα Rw      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: cont. from 224.26 B, add. δὲ after ἀναστρ., cont. from sch. 225.15 Pr, add. δὲ after ἀναστ.

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντιστροφὴν MnSa   |    2 after ἐστι add. οἱ Mn   |    τοῦ κάρ. οἱ βόστρυχοι] οἱ βόστρυχοι MCRw, οἱ βόστρυχοι τῆς κεφαλῆς BPr   |    κάρατος] κάρα V   |    οἱ βοσ.] οἱ δὲ βοσ. Rb   |    3 ὅτι] ὅταν Mn   |    ἄλλο om. S   |    ἢ om. S   |    οὕτως Schw., ὅτι MC, om. others   |    ὦ om. VMnRbRwSSa   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κατ’ Pr   |    2 ἐστιν M   |    ἀλλ’ MBCPr   |    3 ἐπιλείπετε Rb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,21–121,1; Dind. II.87,1–3

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of construction)


Or. 225.02 (vet exeg) παρακαθίσασα δὲ ἐγγύθεν καὶ εἰς πλευρὸν δεξαμένη τὸν Ὀρέστην ταῦτα λέγει.  —MBCPrZu, partial O

TRANSLATION:   Having seated herself beside him nearby and having taken Orestes against her side, she says this.

REF. SYMBOL: Zu       POSITION: cont. from prev. MBCPr

APP. CRIT.:   παρακαθ. … καὶ om. O   |    δὲ om. Zu   |    ἔγγυθεν Mastr., ἔξωθεν all (after ἔξωθεν add. ἡ ἠλέκτρα Zu)   |    πλευρὰν Zu   |    λέγει] φησί Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,1–2; Dind. II.87, app. on 3–4

COMMENT:   Transmitted ἔξωθεν, ‘on the outside, from the outside’, has no legitmate force here. Elsewhere it is used with verbs of sitting only with an accompanying genitive, ‘outside of some place or group’, or with such a place or group implied by the context. On the other hand, ἐγγύθεν is found several times with verbs of sitting, and is common in all periods of Greek prose.

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors


Or. 225.03 (rec exeg) παρακαθίσασα δὲ ἐγγύθεν εἰς πλευρὰν καὶ ἁψαμένη τῶν τριχῶν ταῦτα τῷ Ὀρέστῃ λέγει.  —VMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Having seated herself nearby against his side and having laid hold of his hair, she says this to Orestes.

POSITION: cont. from 225.01 all

APP. CRIT.:   ἔγγυθεν Mastr., ἔξωθεν all   |    εἰς πλευρὰν] εἰς πλευρὰν εἰς πλευρὰν ὀρέστης Mn   |    τριχῶν] βοστρυχῶν Mn (thus accent)   |    ταῦτα … λέγει] ταῦτα φησὶ πρὸς τὸν ὀρέστην V   |    τῷ ὀρ. om. S   |    ἔλεγε Rb

APP. CRIT. 2:   παρακαθήσασα MnRb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121, app. on 2; Dind. II.87,3–5

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   addressee identified


Or. 225.04 (rec exeg) ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ βόστυχοι τῆς ἀθλίας κάρας πινώδεις  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 225.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες⟩: παρεπιγραφή  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Implicit stage direction.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ σχῆμα add. Xo

COMMENT:   Presumably, this is taken as an implied stage direction within the text because the vocative is taken to imply that Electra touches Orestes’ head/hair (cf. ἁψαμένη in 225.03).   |

KEYWORDS:  παρεπιγραφή   |   staging, position or gesture of actors


Or. 225.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες⟩: κατὰ ἀναστροφὴν συντάσσεται.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of construction)


Or. 225.07 (rec exeg) ἀντίστροφον  —Mn

POSITION: s.l. (above other glosses, over κάρα)

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως


Or. 225.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες⟩: ἀντίπτωσις  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίπτωσις


Or. 225.09 (recMosch exeg) ⟨βοστρύχων⟩: βόστρυχοι  —V3ArAa2FMnXXaXbXoTYYfGrZu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 225.10 (rec gloss) ⟨βοστρύχων⟩: πλοκάμων  —AaAbF2MnRSZb2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν prep. S   |    πλόκαμοι F2


Or. 225.11 (rec gloss) ⟨βοστρύχων⟩: ἕνεκα  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 225.12 (vet gloss) πινῶδες: αὐχμηρὸν  —MVCAbMnRbS

LEMMA: Rb      REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. except Rb

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    αὐχμηροῦ V   |    αὐμηρὸν Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,18


Or. 225.13 (vet gloss) ⟨πινῶδες⟩: ῥυπαρόν —MOVCAbCrMnRRbSOx

POSITION: s.l., except Rb(cont. from prev.)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   |    ῥυπαροῦ V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,18


Or. 225.14 (vet paraphr) πινῶδες: ἀντί τοῦ αὐχμηρὸν καὶ ῥυπῶδες  —BPr

LEMMA: ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες B      REF. SYMBOL: B       POSITION: Pr cont. from sch. 216.13

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ αὐχμ. om. Pr   |    ῥυπώδης with ε s.l. Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,25


Or. 225.15 (vet exeg) πινῶδες: πῖνος ὁ ῥύπος· [Apoll. Rh. 2.200] ‘πίνῳ δέ οἱ αὐαλέος χρὼς ἐσκλήκει’.  —MBVCPraPrbRb

TRANSLATION:   ‘Pinos’ means ‘filth, dirt’: (as in a phrase in Apollonius) ‘his dry skin was hard with caked dirt’.

LEMMA: ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες Pra       POSITION: s.l. V; cont. from 224.14 BPrb, cont. from 225.13 VRb

APP. CRIT.:   after πῖνος add. γὰρ BVPraPrbRb, add. δὲ λέγεται C   |    πίνῳ … ἐσκλήκει om. VPrb   |    αὐαλέϊ Pra

APP. CRIT. 2:   πίνος C   |    ῥῦπος CPraPrb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,19–20; Dind. II.86,26

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Apollonius Rhodius


Or. 225.16 (thom gloss) ⟨πινῶδες⟩: ῥυπῶδες  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuFB4

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ῥυπώδεις a.c. F


Or. 225.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨πινῶδες⟩: ἐρρυπωμένοι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ῥερυπ‑ XaYZc, ‑μένον TYf

COMMENT:   The nominative plural used by Moschopulus agrees with the gloss βόστρυχοι, indicating that it is the hair and not the head that is dirty. Cf. the next two glosses.


Or. 225.18 (recMosch exeg) ⟨πινῶδες⟩: πινώδεις  —V3ArAa2MnXXaXbXoTYYfGr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 225.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πινῶδες⟩: πινώδους  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 225.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄθλιον κάρα⟩: αἱ τρίχες μόνον ἐναπελείφθησαν.  —AaPr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 225.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄθλιον⟩: ἀθλίας  —V3ArFZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς ἀθλίας B3a   |


Or. 225.22 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ἄθλιον⟩: ἀθλίου  —MnXXoTYfGr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 225.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄθλιον⟩: δυστυχὲς  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 225.24 (rec exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: κρατὸς  —V3MnSB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   κάρατος MnS (i.e., τος above κάρα)


Or. 225.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: κάρας  —ArAa3FZu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 225.26 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨κάρα⟩:  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 225.27 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 226.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς ἠγρίωσαι⟩: πρὸς τὴν κεφαλὴν ὁ λόγος.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 226.02 (mosch paraphr) λίαν ἠγριωμένοι ἐστὲ ὑπὸ μακροχρονίου.  —X

TRANSLATION:   You (locks of hair) have become very wild from the longstanding (lack of bathing).

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐσταὶ X


Or. 226.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἀνεπιμέλητον ἔμεινας  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 226.04 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —V1AaAbMnRSSaXaXbXoZZaZbZlZmTYYfGGrZcZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. SZu


Or. 226.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὄντως  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 226.06 (vet gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἐξήρανσαι —MBVCPrGu

POSITION: s.l., except intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.:   ὡς prep. C   |    ἐξήρασαι Pr


Or. 226.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἠμόρφωσαι  —MnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἡμώρφωσαι Mn, app. corr. to ἡμόρφ-   |    καὶ S

COMMENT:   ἀμορφόω is attested only seven times in TLG, in middle and late Byzantine texts, except for Sch. bT Il. 2.269d.

KEYWORDS:  rare word


Or. 226.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἠχρείωσαι  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν μ. om. Ab


Or. 226.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἠγριωμένοι ἐστέ  —XaXbYYfGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   -μένον Y

COMMENT:   Plural as if βόστρυχοι are addressed. See on 225.17.   |


Or. 226.10 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἠγριωμένος εἶ  —XoZcT+

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   -μένον T   |    εἶ om. Zc

COMMENT:   Perhaps the adjustment of the previous to the singular is due to Triclinius himself.


Or. 226.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἠγριωμένος ὑπάρχεις  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 226.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἠγριώθητε  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 226.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἠγριώθης  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 226.14 (thom gloss) ⟨ἠγρίωσαι⟩: ἐξετράπης  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   DGE s.v. ἐκτρέπω II.2 attests a medical use of the verb to mean ‘dislocate’ a part of the body. That sense seems bizarre here, so perhaps the first meaning given by Kriaras s.v. (μετατρέπω αλλάζω) is the relevant one here.


Or. 226.15 (rec gloss) ⟨διὰ μακρᾶς⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς  —AaMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς om. Aa


Or. 226.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διὰ μακρᾶς⟩: ἕνεκα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 226.17 (mosch gloss) ⟨μακρᾶς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μακροχρονίου  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G   |    ὑπὸ add. before μακρ. TG


Or. 226.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μακρᾶς⟩: ὑπὸ μακροῦ χρόνου  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 226.19 (recThom gloss) ⟨μακρᾶς⟩: πολλῆς  —SZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 226.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μακρᾶς⟩: καὶ τῆς πολυημέρου  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 226.21 (rec artGloss) ⟨μακρᾶς⟩: τῆς —AbF2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 227.01 (thom gloss) ⟨κλῖνον⟩: θές  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   Zl mostly washed out   |


Or. 227.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κλῖνον⟩: καὶ ἐπίθες  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 227.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κλῖνον⟩: [ἐμβ]άλλε  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 227.04 (thom gloss) ⟨εὐνὴν⟩: κοίτην  —ZZaZbZlTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   Zl mostly washed out   |   εἰς prep. F2


Or. 227.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αὖθις⟩: καὶ πάλιν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 227.06 (vet exeg) ὅταν μ’ ἀνῇ νόσος:  1περὶ γὰρ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς μανίας εὐτονοῦσιν οἱ μαινόμενοι ἐντεινομένων τῶν νεύρων καὶ πνεύματος πληρουμένων·  2χαλωμένης δὲ τῆς μανίας καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος ἐπιλείποντος παρίενται.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For during the period of madness those insane are vigorous, with their sinews taut and filled with breath; but when the madness slackens and the breath fails, they become enfeebled.

LEMMA: MVCPr, ὅταν μ’ ἀνῇ νόσος μα() B      REF. SYMBOL: BV      POSITION: follows sch. 234.12 C; follows 241.05 Rw

APP. CRIT.:   1 παρὰ Rw   |    γὰρ τὸν om. VRw   |    ἐκτεινομ‑ MVPr, ἐκτεινουμ‑ Rw   |    πλεύμ. πληρ.] πληρουμένων ὑπὸ πνεύματος VRw   |    2 χαλουμένης MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,3–6; Dind. II.87,9–12

COLLATION NOTES:   C’s lemma is preceded by number α as if the preceding sch. 234.12 should have been marked with β to indicate the correct order.   |


Or. 227.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅταν⟩: ὅτε  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 227.08 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀνῇ⟩: ἐν ἀνέσει γενόμενος Ὀρέστης λέλυται.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Having come to be in a state of remission, Orestes is released/loosened.

POSITION: cont. from prev. MBCPr, with lemma ἀνῇ corrupted to ἐν ᾗ as part of note; cont. from prev. VRw, add. δὲ after ἀνέσει

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν ᾗ prep. MBCPr   |    γενόμενος Rw, γεγενημένος V, διαγενόμενος others   |    ὁ ὀρέστης Rw, and Pr transp. to beginnning

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,7; Dind. II.87,12–13

COMMENT:   I follow Rw in reading γενόμενος on the assumption that διὰ γεν- arose as a misreading of δὲ γεν-. But if διαγενόμενος is taken as the transmitted reading, the sense seems to be ‘having come through [scil. the period of madness?] (and arrived) in a state of remission’.


Or. 227.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνῇ⟩:  1τὸ ἀνῇ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀφήσει καταλείψει.  2τουτέστιν· ⟨ἐὰν⟩ ἐν ἀνέσει γένωμαι.   —VV3Rw

TRANSLATION:   The verb ‘anē’ is used in the sense ‘release, abandon’. That is, if I come to be in a state of remission.

POSITION: s.l. V3; follows sch. 231.01 V

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ … τοῦ om. V3   |    ἀφήση V3   |    καταλ. om. V3   |    2 ἐὰν suppl. Schw.   |    γίνωμαι V3

APP. CRIT. 2:   καταλή[ψ]ει V   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,8–9; Dind. II.87,13–14


Or. 227.10 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀνῇ⟩: ἀφήσῃ  —AaAbCrMnPrRfrSOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx, ἐμὲ prep. Aa (but crossed out)   |    ἀφήσει AaAbMnS, ἀφήσ() Zc   |    ἡ νόσος add. Ab


Or. 227.11 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀνῇ⟩: καταλείψη  —FKZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F


Or. 227.12 (227–228) (vet exeg) ⟨νόσος μανίας/μανιάς⟩:  1ἢ ἡ διὰ τῆς μανίας νόσος,  2ἢ ἐπιθετικῶς· μανιὰς νόσος.   —MBC

TRANSLATION:   Either the sickness (suffered) through madness (with ‘maniās’, gen. sing. of noun, accented on penultimate syllable), or taken as an adjective: crazed sickness (with ‘maniăs’, nom. sing. of adj., accented on last syllable).

LEMMA: ἄλλως C      POSITION: intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἢ ἡ] ἵν’ ᾖ M   |    2 μανιὰς νόσος] μανιας νόσος B (thus without accent), ἢ μανίας νόσου MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,10; Dind. II.87,8–9


Or. 227.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨νόσος⟩:  —SOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 228.01 (thom exeg) ἤγουν οὐ δύναμαι χρῆσθαι ταῖς χερσὶ καὶ τοῖς ποσὶ πρὸς ὑπουργίαν καταβαλούσης τῆς νόσου.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, I am unable to use my arms and feet serviceably because the sickness has overthrown (me).

REF. SYMBOL: T       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   δυνατόν a.c. Za   |    χρῆσθαι om. Zb   |    τὴν νόσον Z

APP. CRIT. 2:   χρήσθαι Z   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.87,16–18


Or. 228.02 (rec gloss) ⟨μανίας⟩: ἀπὸ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 228.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨μανίας⟩: τῆς  —AaAbFMnSOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 228.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: ἀδύναμος, μὴ δυνάμενος κεχρῆσθαι τοῖς ἄρθροις  —MBOVCPraPrbGu

TRANSLATION:   Without strength, being unable to make use of my bodily joints.

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. VCPrbGu; cont. from 227.12 B, cont. from 227.08 Pra, both prep. ἄναρθρος δὲ

APP. CRIT.:   ἀδύνατος VPraPrbGu   |    κεκτῆσθαι C   |    τὰ ἄρθρα V, τὰ μέλη τοῖς ἄρθροις MC

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀδύναμ(εν)ος app. B (abbrev. stroke on mu, suspended omicron = ος)   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,11; Dind. II.87,15–16


Or. 228.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: ἄφθογγος  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 228.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: ἀδύνατος  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 228.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: ⟨διὰ⟩ τὸ χρονίως ἐν τῇ κλίνῃ κεῖσθαι πάρετος.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Paralyzed because of lying in bed for a long time.

POSITION: between sch. 225.15 (Prb version) and sch. 220.08 (in disordered group, bottom 16v) Pr

APP. CRIT.:   πάρετος Mastr., πάρετον Pr

COMMENT:   Because of the disorder in the scholia on this page of Pr, the reference of the note is uncertain, but this seems the most likely lemma for it. It could be intended for ἀσθενῶ μέλη rather than ἄναρθρος. If πάρετον is not emended, it could be translated ‘because of lying inert in bed for a long time’ (with accusative because of the infinitive construction, here lacking the usual attraction of such an adjective into the nominative).   |


Or. 228.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: παραλελυμένος  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 228.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: ἔκλυτος  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 228.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: ἐκλελυμένος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 228.11 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰμι⟩: ἐγὼ(?)  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   damaged   |


Or. 228.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰμι⟩: ὑπάρχω  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 228.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀσθενῶ μέλη⟩: οὐδ’ ἐ[γ]είρω  —F

POSITION: marg. (beside 224–225)


Or. 228.14 (rec gloss) ⟨κἀσθενῶ⟩: ἀδυνατῶ —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 228.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀσθενῶ⟩: καὶ ἀσθενῶ  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 228.16 (tri metr) ⟨κἀσθενῶ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 228.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨δέμας⟩: κατὰ τὸ σῶμα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (The accusative ‘demas’, poetic word for ‘body’, here is equivalent to the preposition phrase) ‘in respect to the body’.

LEMMA: δέμας in text all except TGZc      POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Xo

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross omitted by Ta.   |


Or. 228.18 (pllgnTri exeg) ⟨μέλη⟩: γρ. δέμας. —GT

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘melē ’, ‘limbs’) the reading ‘demas’ (‘body’) is found.

POSITION: s.l. G, marg. T

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 228.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨μέλη⟩: τὰ  —AbMnSaOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 229.01 (229–230) (rec paraphr) ἰδοὺ φίλον: τὸ κατακεῖσθαι ἐπαχθὲς μὲν ἐστὶ καὶ πονηρίας πλέων, ἀναγκαῖον δὲ τῷ νοσοῦντι.  —VPrMnRbSSa

LEMMA: Mn(φίλων)RbSSa       REF. SYMBOL: Sa       POSITION: s.l. VPr

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ … πλέων om. Sa, leaving blank space; suppl. Sar   |    κατακεῖσθαι] κατατήκεσθαι Sa, κατατήκεσθαι τὸ κατατήκεσθαι S, κατατίκτεσθαι Rb   |    καὶ πονηρίας] ἢ μοχθηρᾶς a.c. V, ἢ μοχθηρὸν p.c. V (if not vice versa), καὶ μοχθηρὸν Pr    |    πλέων Dindorf, πλέον PrRbSSa, app. Mn (damage), πνέον V   |    τῷ νοσοῦντι] τοῖς κάμνουσιν MnRbSSa

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐστὶν Mn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.87,19–22

COMMENT:   The orthographic variant πλέον is a legitimate form in later Greek and perhaps should not be regularized to πλέων with Dindorf: see Eust. in Il. 2.226 (I.320,8–9) καὶ ὅτι προάρχει αὐτῶν ἀρσενικὸν ὁ πλέος κοινῶς, ὃ ἐκταθὲν Ἀττικῶς ποιεῖ τὸ ἔμπλεως καὶ ἀνάπλεως καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα; Eust. in Il. 8.162 (II.552,14–16).


Or. 229.02 (mosch exeg) ἰδού: κλίνω σε δηλονότι  —XXaXbXoT*YYfGGrAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Idou’, ‘there’, here indicates,) clearly, ‘I lay you down’.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X


Or. 229.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ἰδού⟩: κλίνω  —ZZaZbZlZm(T)Ox2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Idou’, ‘there’, here indicates,) ‘I lay (you) down’.

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 229.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἰδού⟩: ποιῶ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 229.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδού⟩: [ … ]Ἠλέκτρα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   damage, lost margin   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἡλέκτρα Aa


Or. 229.06 (rec gloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: ἀναγκαῖον  —AbMnRSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐστί add. R


Or. 229.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: ἀγαπητόν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 229.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: προσφιλὲς —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2ZlAa2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 229.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: φιλούμενον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 229.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλον⟩: ὑπάρχει  —CrZu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 229.11 (rec gloss) ⟨τοι⟩: σοι  —AaAbFMnRSaGu

LEMMA: τι in text Gu, with τοι s.l.       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 229.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πεσοῦντι⟩: νοσοῦντι  —Ox2

LEMMA: πεσοῦντι in text Ox       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 229.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨δέμνιον⟩: ἡ κοίτη  —RZZaZbZmZuTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |    ἡ om. R


Or. 229.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨δέμνιον⟩: ἡ κοίτη ἀπὸ + damaged traces of 4–6 short words —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   The traces possibly fit ἀπὸ τοῦ μένειν ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸ δέμας (cf. sch. 44.17), but this is very uncertain.

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Zl 58r.   |


Or. 229.15 (rec artGloss) ⟨δέμνιον⟩: τὸ  —F2MnSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 230.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩:  ἐφόσον γὰρ νοσῶν ἐν τῇ κλίνῃ κεῖται φόβον ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς ὁρῶσι παρέχει  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   (Painful) because, inasmuch as he lies sick in the bed, he instills fear in himself and the onlookers.

REF. SYMBOL: T       POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.:   νοσῶν] νοῦς Zb, τις Zl   |    ἐν τῇ] ἐπὶ Zl

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐφ’ ὅσον T   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.87,23–88,1


Or. 230.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩: λυπηρὸν  —CrF2ROxZb2Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 230.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩: θλιβερὸν ἐμοὶ  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 230.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩: ἀλγεινὸν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.87,23


Or. 230.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩: πικρὸν  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 230.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩: καίπερ  —PrGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.87,23


Or. 230.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 230.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ὂν⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχον  —CrS


Or. 230.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ κτῆμα⟩: γρ. τὸ χρῆμα  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 230.10 (thom gloss) ⟨τὸ κτῆμα⟩: τοῦτο  —ZZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 230.11 (rec exeg) ⟨κτῆμα⟩: κτῆμα εἶπεν αὐτὸ τὸ κατακεῖσθαι.  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτὸ κατακεῖσθαι κ⟨τ⟩ῆμα εἶπεν transp. Pr (τὸ om.)


Or. 230.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτῆμα⟩: ἤγουν τὸ κατακεῖσθαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 230.13 (rec gloss) ⟨κτῆμα⟩: κεῖσθαι  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 230.14 (rec gloss) ⟨κτῆμα⟩: ἤγουν ἡ εὐνή  —AbMnSSa, perhaps R

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν] ἤτοι τὸ Mn

COMMENT:   The odd τὸ in Mn perhaps results from conflation; as a separate gloss τὸ may have been meant to clarify the element in crasis in τ’ἀναγκαῖον, which Mn has in the line for ἀναγκαῖον.


Or. 230.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτῆμα⟩: τὸ δέμνιον δηλονότι  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.88,2


Or. 230.16 (rec gloss) ⟨κτῆμα⟩: πρᾶγμα  —F2R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 230.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναγκαῖον⟩: χρήσιμον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 230.18 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀναγκαῖον⟩: ἀπαραίτητον  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l., except Za below word


Or. 230.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναγκαῖον⟩: διὰ τὸ(?) [κατ]ακεῖ[σθαι … ]/ traces of 3 letters  —V3

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps τω changed to τὸ V3   |   first trace of second line perhaps χ   |


Or. 230.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναγκαῖον⟩: ἡ ἀνάγκη γὰρ τῆς ἀσθενείας φέρει τοῦτο. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 230.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅμως⟩: καίτοι  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 230.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅμως⟩: τῷ νοσοῦντι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 231.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αὖθίς⟩: πάλιν  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 231.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐς ὀρθὸν στῆσον⟩: ἀνόρθου  —O

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Perhaps this gloss is misplaced too early in the line: cf. 231.07, 231.11.


Or. 231.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀρθόν⟩: ὄρθιον  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 231.04 (rec gloss) ⟨στῆσον⟩: περίστρεψον —AbMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   The gloss is above στῆσον, and it is separated by spacing (or in S, where the interlinear notes are very crowded, by punctuation) from the glosses on ἀνακύκλει. But it is legitimate to wonder whether it was in fact originally a gloss on ἀνακύκλει (cf. 231.13, 231.14), although the aorist tense points rather to the aorist lemma στῆσον.


Or. 231.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στῆσον⟩: στρέφε  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 231.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στῆσον⟩: ὅρμησον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 231.07 (vet exeg) ἀνακύκλει δέμας:  1ἀνακίνει ἀνόρθου ἐξέγειρε·  2συμβαίνει γὰρ τὸν κείμενον κυκλοτερῆ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ποιεῖσθαι.   —MBVCRbRwS, partial OMnPrSa

TRANSLATION:   Move, raise up, rouse up. For it comes about that the person who is lying down makes his rising motion in a circle-like form (that is, ‘circle-like’, ‘kukloterē’, explaining the verb of the lemma ‘anakuklei’).

LEMMA: MBOCPr, ἀνακύκλει RbRw      REF. SYMBOL: MBSa      POSITION: s.l. VS

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀνακίνει … ἐξέγειρε om. OMnSa   |    ἀνακίνει] ἀντὶ τοῦ κείνει V, ἀνακλίνει Pr, om. RwS   |    2 συμβαίνει κτλ om. Pr   |    σημαίνει Rw   |    τὸν] τὸ Rw   |    κείμενον] ἀνακείμενον οὐ V

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐξέγειραι PrRw   |    2 κυκλωτερῆ B   |    συμ / συμβαίνει S   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,12–13; Dind. II.88,3–5


Or. 231.08 (rec exeg) οἱ ἀσθενοῦντες κυκλοτερῆ ποιοῦνται τὴν ἔγερσιν.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Those who are ill make their rousing movement in a circle-like form.

POSITION: marg.


Or. 231.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνακύκλει⟩: ἔγειρε  —AbMnRS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 231.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνακύκλει⟩: ἐξέγειρε  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 231.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνακύκλει⟩: ἀνόρθου  —CCrFPrMnSaOxZuB3

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀνώρθου CrMnSaOx

COMMENT:   O has the same over ἐς ὀρθὸν στῆσον, 231.02.   |


Or. 231.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνακύκλει⟩: καὶ ἀνάστα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 231.13 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀνακύκλει⟩: στρέφε  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 231.14 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀνακύκλει⟩: εἰς τοὐπίσω στρέψον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   στρέφε Zm, app. after erasure


Or. 231.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνακύκλει⟩: ἀνακίνει  —GuZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu


Or. 232.01 (vet exeg) οἱ γὰρ νοσοῦντες οὐκ ἀρέσκονται τοῖς παροῦσιν, ἀεὶ δὲ πρὸς τὸ μέλλον ὁρῶσιν.  —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For those who are sick are not content with their present circumstances, but always look to the future.

POSITION: cont. from 231.07, except V cont. from sch. 227.08

APP. CRIT.:   οἱ] οὐ M   |    ὁρῶ B (truncation mark omitted)

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὁρῶσι OCPr   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,14–15; Dind. II.88,6–7


Or. 232.02 (pllgn exeg) κακῶς ἀρέσκει τοὺς νοσοῦντας ἐκ τῆς αὐτῶν ἀγανακτησέως(?) [ἅτι]να αὐτοῖς ἡ νόσος ἐμβά[λλει].  —Zl

TRANSLATION:   Whatever sickness brings upon them displeases those who are sick because of their irritation.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς] τῶν Zl

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Zl.   |


Or. 232.03 (rec exeg) δυσθεράπευτον ἡ νόσος. μεταλαμβάνει τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς πρᾶγμα.  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   Illness is hard to treat. He (the poet) uses in substitution the person (i.e., ‘those who are sick’) for the thing (i.e., ‘the sickness’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  μετάληψις/μεταλαμβάνειν


Or. 232.04 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: δυσχερῶς ἀρεσκόμενοι τινὶ  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 232.05 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: δυσχερῶς ἀρεσκόμενον  —C

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 232.06 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: δυσκόλως ἀρεσκόμενον  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.88,8


Or. 232.07 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: δυσκόλως ἀρέσκονται τινὶ  —AaPr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   οἱ νοσοῦντες add. Aa


Or. 232.08 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: ἀπόκοτον πρᾶγμα  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 232.09 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: ἀπόκοτον  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀδόκητον Ab


Or. 232.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: πρᾶγμα  —XXaXbXoTYYfGGrKZc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 232.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: πρᾶγμα ἐστὶν  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 232.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: δυσαρέστως ἔχουσι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 232.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυσάρεστον⟩: καὶ κακὴν ἀρεσκείαν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   -κίαν Cr


Or. 232.14 (rec gloss) ⟨οἱ νοσοῦντες⟩: ὑπάρχουσι  —KSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 232.15 (rec gloss) ⟨οἱ νοσοῦντες⟩: εἰσὶν  —AbGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σὶ Ab   |


Or. 232.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπορίας ὕπο⟩: ἀντίστροφον  —S

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντίστροφοι S

KEYWORDS:  antistrophe (of word order)   |   ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως


Or. 232.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀπορίας ὕπο⟩: ἀναστροφή  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of word order)


Or. 232.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπορίας ὕπο⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς ἀπορίας  —F2GPr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπορίας om. F2Pr


Or. 232.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπορίας⟩: τῆς ἀσθενείας  —SaYf2Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Yf2Zu   |    τῆς om. Yf2   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.88,9


Or. 232.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπορίας⟩: καὶ τῆς ἀναπαύσεως  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 232.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπορίας⟩: καὶ τῆς ἀδυναμίας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 232.22 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀπορίας⟩: ἣν αὐτοῖς ἡ νόσος ἐμβάλλει  —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Helplessness’ refer to) the one that the sickness imposes on them (the sick).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ νόσ. αὐτοῖς transp. Za   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   αὐτῆς Zb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.88,9–10


Or. 232.23 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀπορίας⟩: τῆς  —AbRS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 233.01 (233–234) (rec exeg) 1ἦ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ἐφίεσαι τοὺς πόδας κινῆσαι, ὅ ἐστι περιπατῆσαι;  2τὸ γὰρ τῇ γῇ ἁρμόσαι χρόνιον ἴχνος πάντων γλυκύτατον.  3ἡ γὰρ μεταβολή, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκ τόπου εἰς τόπον ἄμειψις, μεγίστην τὴν ὠφέλειαν παρέχει.  4τὸ δὲ χρόνιον ἴχνος σημαίνειν ⟨ … ⟩,  5οἱ δὲ τὸ κατακεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου·  6αὕτη γὰρ κώλυμα αὐτῷ τοῦ μὴ περιπατεῖν.   —C

TRANSLATION:   Do you indeed desire to move your feet upon the earth, that is, walk around? For to fix upon the earth one’s footstep after a long time is the sweetest thing of all. For the change, that is, the exchange of position from one place to another, affords a benefit that is very great. ⟨lacuna: e.g., Some say that⟩ ‘footstep after a long time’ means ⟨ lacuna ⟩, others (say that it indicates) his lying down because of the disease. For this (the disease) is what prevented him from walking around.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.:   2 γλυκύτατον Schw., ‑τερον C   |    3 ὅ Schw., ἥ C   |    4 e.g. σημαίνειν ⟨τινές (or ἔνιοί) φασι … ⟩; σημαίνει ⟨ … ⟩ Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,16–21


Or. 233.02 (rec wdord) word order α (ἦ), β (θέλεις), γ (ἀρμόσαι), δ (πόδας), ε (γαίης)  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 233.03 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἦ⟩: ἆρα  —AaAbCrF2MnPrSSaOxXXoZcZZaZmZuT*Gu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrPrSZuOx

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄρα CrOx   |


Or. 233.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἦ⟩: οὕτως  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 233.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κἀπὶ γαίας ἁρμόσαι πόδας⟩: μόλις πατῆσαι τὴν γῆν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 233.06 (rec gloss) ⟨κἀπὶ γαίας⟩: ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς  —AbMnRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπὶ om. R


Or. 233.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀπὶ⟩: ἀπὸ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 233.08 (tri metr) ⟨κἀπὶ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 233.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γαίας⟩: τίνος  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 233.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁρμόσαι⟩: δῆσαι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 233.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁρμόσαι⟩: ἅψαι(?)  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   obscured by Aa2 gloss 233.12   |


Or. 233.12 (moschThom gloss) ⟨ἁρμόσαι⟩: θεῖναι  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcAa2ZZaZbZlZmT*

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   θῆναε Aa2   |


Or. 233.13 (thom gloss) ⟨ἁρμόσαι⟩: συνάψαι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev., except before prev. Za

APP. CRIT.:   προσάψαι Gu, with συν above προσ


Or. 233.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἁρμόσαι⟩: συμμῖξαι ἤγουν συστῆσαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   -μίξαι Zu   |


Or. 233.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἁρμόσαι⟩: καὶ στηρίξαι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 233.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨πόδας⟩: τοὺς  —F2MnS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 234.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόνιον ἴχνος θείς⟩: †πέτομαι  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   This gloss (positioned more precisely above ἴχνος) is a mystery. If it is corrupt, the ending could be from misreading of abbreviated ‑ομ(εν)ο(ς), but πορευόμενος is very far from πέτομαι; or if corrupted from ‑ομ(εν)(ον), κινούμενον would make sense if intended to go with the (separately-placed) gloss μόλις, but this is likewise very different from what is written.   |


Or. 234.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον ἴχνος⟩: διὰ πολλοῦ καιροῦ μὴ κινούμενον πόδα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 234.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον ἴχνος⟩: ὀλίγην βημάτισιν  —AaAbMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    βημ. om. Aa (ὀλίγην erased when Aa2 gloss added)   |    βημάτησιν Ab

COMMENT:   The noun βημάτισις is attested only twice in TLG (in Theodorus Studites). βηματισμός is only slightly more common.

KEYWORDS:  rare word


Or. 234.04 (mosch paraphr) χρόνιον ἴχνος: βραδεῖαν βάσιν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   βάδισιν Y


Or. 234.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον ἴχνος⟩: βραδίονα βάσιν  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 234.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: καὶ τὸ ἀκίνητον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 234.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: μόλις  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 234.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: ἤγουν διὰ χρόνου  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 234.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴχνος⟩: βάσιν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 234.10 (tri metr) ⟨ἴχνος⟩: koine short over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 234.11 (rec gloss) ⟨θείς⟩: ποιήσας  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 234.12 (vet exeg) μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ:  1προσυπακουστέον τὸ κακῶν.  2κεκωμῴδηται δὲ ὁ στίχος.  3τὸ γὰρ ἐξ ὑγείας εἰς νόσον μεταβάλλειν οὔκ ἐστιν ἡδύ.  4φησὶ γοῦν ὁ κωμικός [Com. adespota 859 K–A, 115 Kock]·
5‘ὁ πρῶτος εἰπὼν “μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ”
6οὐχ ὑγίαινε, δέσποτ’ · ἐκ μὲν γὰρ κόπου
7γλυκεῖ’ ἀνάπαυσις, ἐξ ἀλουσίας δ’ ὕδωρ’
8καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα·
9‘ἢν δ’ ἐκ πλουσίου
10πτωχὸν γενέσθαι, μεταβολὴ μέν, ἡδὺ δ’ οὔ.
11ὥστ’ οὐχὶ πάντων ἐστὶ μεταβολὴ γλυκύ.’
 —MVCMnRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Change of all things is sweet: One must supply in addition the word ‘of evils’. The verse has been ridiculed in comedy. For the change from health to sickness is not pleasant. At any rate, the comic poet says: ‘The first person who said “change of all things is sweet” / was not in his right mind, master. For after heavy toil / cessation is sweet, and water after lack of bathing’ and (the passage continued with) such examples. ‘But if (it comes about) that instead of wealthy / one becomes impoverished, it is, to be sure, a change, but not sweet! / So not of all things is change sweet’.

LEMMA:  lemma MVC, μεταβολὴ RwSa, ἡ μεταβολὴ S, μεταβολῆ MnRb       REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: out of order after sch. 225.02 C

APP. CRIT.:   1–5 προσυπακουστέον … πάντων no longer legible in Ra, apparently washed from side margin (remainder faintly legible in bottom margin)   |    1 τὸ] τῶν MC, δὲ τὸ Rw   |    κακόν VS   |    2 δὲ om. M   |    3 μεταβαλεῖν CMnRb   |    4 φασὶ γοῦν οἱ κωμικοὶ Rw   |    γοῦν] γὰρ VMnRbSa, om. S   |    5 πρῶτον V, πρῶτ() MMn   |    μεταβολῆ MMn, μεταβολὴν Rw   |    γλυκύ] ἡδύ V, om. S   |    6 ὑγίαινε] Porson, ὑγιαίνει all   |    δέσποτ’] Porson, δέσποτα MCS, δέποτε MnSa, δέποτ RaRb, δὲ ποσῶς V   |    ἐκ μὲν] εἰς μὲν M   |    7 γλυκεῖ’] γλυκίαι Mn, γλυκύτατ’ MRw, γλυκύτατος C   |    ἀνάπασις M   |    ἐξαλούσας C   |    τὸ add. before ὕδωρ Rb [Ra]   |    8 τὰ τοιαῦτα] ἕτερα τοιαῦτα Rw   |    9 ἢν δ’] τὸ δέ σ’ Hermann, ἢν δέῃ δ’ Nauck   |    ἢν] ἀν SSa, ἂν Mn, εἰ Rw   |    ἐκ] εἰς M, καὶ ἐκ C   |    10 πτωχὸς γένηται MnRaRbSSa (πτωχῶν app. a.c. S, πτωχ()` Rb), accepted by Porson, Meineke; doubtfully πτωχὸς γένῃ σύ Schw.   |    ἥδε add. before ἡδὺ Rw   |    11 ὥστε] οὕτως MC   |    ἐστι] ἡ VMnRbSSa [Ra]   |    γλυκεῖα SSa, γλυκεία Mn

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 στοῖχος a.c. Mn, στιχῶν changed to στίχων S   |    3 ὑγιείας Rb   |    4 κωμικὸς] κάμιξ Rb   |    5 μεταβολὺ S   |    7 γλυκεῖα VRaRbSSa   |    δ’] δὲ all   |    9 δ’] δὲ all   |    10 μεταβολὴ] μεταβολὺ V   |    11 δ’] δὲ all except M [Ra]   |    ὥστε VMnRbRwSSa [Ra]   |    οὐχὶ] οὐχ’ ἡ S   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,22–122,7; Dind. II.88,14–89,2

COMMENT:   ὁ κωμικός (4) is elsewhere frequently Aristophanes (see Kassel and Austin on Arist. fr. 967 K–A), but scholars of comedy have concluded that this fragment is post-Aristophanic. For discussion of this and the next scholion see Prelim. Stud. 36–37.   |   See the app. crit. in Kassel and Austin for conjectures that tried to keep 8 καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα as part of the quoted trimeters.

KEYWORDS:  criticism and defence of poet   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Com. adespota


Or. 234.13 (vet exeg) μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ:  1προσυπακουστέον τὸ κακῶν.  2κεκωμῴδηται δὲ ὁ στίχος.  3τὸ γὰρ ἐξ ὑγείας εἰς νόσον μεταβαλεῖν οὔκ ἐστιν ἡδύ.  4φήσει γάρ τις ὡς ἐκ μὲν κόπου γλυκύτατον ἡ ἀνάπαυσις καὶ ἕτερα τοιαῦτα,  5ἐκ δὲ πλουσίου πτωχὸν γενέσθαι μεταβολὴ μέν, ἡδὺ δ’ οὔ,  6ὥστε οὐχὶ πάντων ἡ μεταβολὴ γλυκύ.   —BPr

TRANSLATION:   Change of all things is sweet: One must supply in addition the word ‘of evils’. The verse has been ridiculed in comedy. For the change from health to sickness is not pleasant. For someone will say that cessation from heavy toil is very sweet, and other such examples, but to become impoverished instead of wealthy is, to be sure, a change, but not pleasant! So not of all things is change sweet.

REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.:   6 γλυκεία Pr

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 οὐκέστιν B   |    5 δὲ οὔ Pr   |

KEYWORDS:  criticism and defence of poet


Or. 234.14 (pllgn exeg) κεκωμώδηται οὗτος ὁ στίχος.  —G

POSITION: intermarg. at 236 G, sep. from s.l. gloss 236.19 by punctuation

COMMENT:   It is possible that the scribe believed this remark applied to 236 rather than 234, assuming moral disapproval of the devaluation of truth.


Or. 234.15 (thom exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ⟩:  1τὸ μεταβάλλεσθαι, εἴτε ἀπὸ χείρονος πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον εἴτε ἀπὸ τοῦ βελτίονος πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον, ἡδύτατόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ τῷ μεταβαλλομένῳ.  2οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν μετεβάλλετο εἰ μὴ ἥδετο τῇ μεταβολῇ.  3ὤστε οἱ λέγοντες τὸν Εὐριπίδην οὐκ ὀρθῶς εἰρηκέναι τοῦτο ληροῦσιν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   To change, whether it occurs from worse toward the better or from the better toward the worse, is most pleasant to the very person who experiences it. For he would not be making a change if he did not delight in the change. As a result those who say Euripides did not say this correctly are talking nonsense.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZl

APP. CRIT.:   some words lost to trimming in Zl   |   1 first πρὸς] εἰς ZbZl   |    τοῦ om. ZZaGu   |    second πρὸς] εἰς Zl   |    ἤδετο] ἥδεται Z   |    3 ληροῦσιν] οὐκ ὀρθῶς αὐτοὶ λέγουσιν T, οὐ καλῶς λέγουσιν Gu   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μεταβαλομένῳ Za   |    2 μεταβάλετο Zb, μετεβάλετο Za (λ add. s.l.)   |    εἴδετο Zb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,3–7

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view   |   criticism and defence of poet


Or. 234.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ⟩: λείπει τὸ κακῶν· ὅταν μεταβληθῇ τι ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν εἰς καλὸν, γλυκύ.  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,7–8

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 234.17 (pllgn exeg) μεταβολὴ:  1κατὰ τὸν Θεσσαλονικέα ἐλλειπτικῶς εἴρηται κατὰ ποιητικὸν ἔθος·  2μεταβολὴ γὰρ πρᾶγμα ἐστὶ γλυκὺ οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἁπάντων ἀλλὰ πάντων τῶν κακῶν δῆλον ὅτι.   —G2

TRANSLATION:   According to the Thessalonican (scil. Eustathius)], this has been expressed elliptically in the poetic manner. For ‘change’ is a sweet thing not absolutely, that is, (alteration) of all things, but clearly (only) of all bad things.

LEMMA: G2      POSITION: in upper corner of folio, different hand, very light ink

APP. CRIT.:   1 θεσσαλονίκης G2

COMMENT:   I find no instances in TLG where Eustathius is referred to in this way. The passage referred to seems to be Eust. in Il. 17.36 (IV.9,8–13) ὅρα δὲ καὶ ὅτι ἐν τῷ ‘ἐχήρωσας’ λείπει κοινότερον τὸ ἀνδρός, σιγηθὲν διὰ τὸ πάνυ δῆλον. οὕτω δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ ‘χήρωσεν ἀγυιάς’ λείπει τὸ ἀνδρῶν ἢ πολιτῶν ἢ τοιοῦτόν τι. πολλαὶ δὲ καὶ ἄλλαι τοιαῦται ἐλλείψεις. Σοφοκλῆς οὖν ἐν τῷ ‘πρὸς τὸν ἔχονθ’ ὁ φθόνος ἕρπει’ παρῆκε τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὡς φανερόν. πάντως γὰρ ὁ ἔχων ἀγαθόν τι φθονεῖται. τοιοῦτον καὶ τὸ ‘μεταβολὴ πάντων ἡδύ’.   |    Note that Eust. knew of another attempt (not attested in scholia) to save Eur. from criticism by an interpretation involving a sophisticated grammatical usage (positive adjective used in place of comparative): in Od. 21.288 (II.261,5–8) τὸ δὲ, ἆ δειλὲ ξείνων, ἁπλοῦν ὂν ἀντὶ ὑπερθετικοῦ εἴληπται τοῦ δειλαιότατε. ἐρρέθη δὲ οὕτως ἢ ἀπαρατηρήτως διὰ θυμὸν, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως ἁπλούστερον κατὰ τὸ ‘νικᾷ γὰρ ἡ ἀρετή με τῆς ἔχθρας πολὺ’, ἤγουν πλεῖον· καὶ τὸ ‘μεταβολὴ πάντων ἡδὺ’, ὅ ἐστιν ἡδύτερον, ὥς τινες φασί.

KEYWORDS:  ἐλλειπτικῶς   |   Eustathius   |   criticism and defence of poet


Or. 234.18 (rec exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: λείπει τῶν δεινῶν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 234.19 (rec exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: ἡ ἐναλλαγὴ τῶν κακῶν  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 234.20 (mosch exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: ἡ μεταβολὴ τῶν ἴσων.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (‘Metabolē’, ‘exchange’, here means) ‘the exchange of equals’ (things of equal value).

POSITION: s.l. except X


Or. 234.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: ἡ ἐναλλαγὴ  —GuZl, app. F2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ om. Gu   |    F mostly effaced, possibly ἀπ‑ instead if ἐν-


Or. 234.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: μετακίνησις  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 234.23 (rec gloss) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: ἡ γνώμη  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   This gloss derives from a misunderstanding of the γνωμικόν mark found in the exemplar (it is found in a number of extant manuscripts here).


Or. 234.24 (rec artGloss) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩:  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 234.25 (rec gloss) ⟨πάντων⟩: κακῶν  —OV3AaMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τῶν prep. MnS, τῶν prep. V3Aa


Or. 234.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάντων⟩: τῶν σῶν κακῶν  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 234.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάντων⟩: πραγμάτων  —CrYfOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν prep. CrOx

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,9–10


Or. 234.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γλυκύ⟩: γρ. ἡδύ.  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 234.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡδὺ⟩: γλυκύ  —Zl

LEMMA: ἡδὺ in text Zl       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 234.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γλυκύ⟩: ὑπάρχει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 235.01 (235–236) (mosch exeg) μάλιστα δόξαν γάρ:  1καλὸν δὲ τὸ διεγείρεσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν τῇ δόξῃ τῆς ὑγείας ἢ τοιούτου τινὸς  2καὶ μὴ καταπίπτειν ἐν ταῖς νόσοις ἢ ἑτέροις τοιούτοις, κἂν μακρὰν ᾖ τῆς ἀληθείας ἡ δόξα.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   It is a good thing that the soul be stirred by the appearance of health or of something similar and that it not succumb in times of sickness or other such things, even if the appearance is far from the truth.

LEMMA: 234–235 μεταβολὴ πάντων ἡδυ· μάλιστα δόξαν γάρ G (last 10 letters in dark ink, previous letters by rubr.)       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   1 δὲ om. G   |    τὴν ψυχὺν om. G   |    2 μεταπίπτειν Yf

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὑγιείας XG   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,17–20


Or. 235.02 (rec gloss) ⟨μάλιστα⟩: ἡ μεταβολὴ  —AaAbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι prep. AaMn, ἤγουν prep. SSa

APP. CRIT. 2:   μεταβολῆ Mn, no accent Aa   |


Or. 235.03 (rec exeg) ⟨μάλιστα⟩: ναί  —F2GRfrOxXoZu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 235.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μάλιστα⟩: λίαν —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 235.05 (thom exeg) ⟨μάλιστα⟩: ναὶ ἁρμόσαι βούλομαι τὸν πόδα τῇ γῇ.  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Very much so’ implies) ‘yes, I do want to fix my foot upon the earth’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τόν πόδα τῇ γῇ om. Za


Or. 235.06 (vet exeg) δόξαν γὰρ τόδ’ ὑγιείας ἔχει:  1τὸ ἀναστῆναι.  2ὁπόταν γὰρ εὐθυμῇ ψυχὴ τῇ τῆς ἐλπίδος ὑπολήψει, συνδιασῴζεται τὸ σῶμα.  3καὶ Σιμωνίδης [Simonides PMG 598 = fr. 76 Bergk]· ‘τὸ δοκεῖν καὶ τὰν ἀλάθειαν βιᾶται’.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For this thing has the appearance of health: (‘This thing’ is, namely,) to stand up. For whenever a soul feels cheered up by the assumption of hope, the body is saved along with it. And Simonides (says): ‘Seeming/belief overpowers even the truth’.

LEMMA: δόξαν γὰρ τόδ’ ὑγείας ἔχει MV(τόδε), δόξαν τόδ’ ὑγείας ἔχει C, δόξαν γὰρ τόδ’ ὑγιείας BPr(ὑγείας), δόξαν δ’ ὑγείας Rw       REF. SYMBOL: MBV

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἐνθύμη C, ἐνθυμηθῆ M   |    ψυχῇ MCRw   |    τῇ τῆς] τῆς τὴν Rw, τῆς τῆς Pr a.c.   |    ὑπολείψει M (from the odd spacing, perhaps Rw had this a.c., but obscure in water damage)   |    3 after σιμων. add. φησὶ V   |    τὰν ἀλάθειαν Plat. Rep. 365e (codices except D), τὴν ἀλήθειαν VRw, τὰ μάλα θεῖα MB(θεία)CPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,8–10; Dind. II.89,14–16

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Simonides


Or. 235.07 (rec gloss) ⟨δόξαν⟩: ὑπόληψιν —OMnRfrSZlZmZu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 235.08 (rec gloss) ⟨δόξαν⟩: προσδοκίαν  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 235.09 (rec gloss) ⟨δόξαν⟩: δόκησιν  —V3KAaAbFGMnRSSaB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    δίκησιν Mn

COLLATION NOTES:   V3 has turned –δοκίαν of V into this, not recognizing that the prefix προσ‑ goes with it because the two halves of V’s word are separated by the ref. symbol to the sch. 235.06, written earlier than the gloss.   |


Or. 235.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δόξαν⟩: ἐλπίδα  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 235.11 (rec gloss) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τὸ ἀναστῆναι  —OV3PrZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Zu   |    τὸ om. V3   |    με add. Pr


Or. 235.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόδ’⟩: ἤγουν τὸ θεῖναι τὸν πόδα πρὸς γῆν  —F

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ] τῷ F   |


Or. 235.13 (rec exeg) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τὸ ἀναστῆναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀπὸ τοῦ καββάτου καὶ ἀπερεῖσαι τοὺς πόδας εἰς τὴν γῆν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ] τοῦ Mn   |   ἀπερεῖσαι (or ἐπερεῖσαι) Mastr., ἐπαρεῖσαι Mn

COMMENT:   For the two possible corrections, cf. for the former Lucian, Anacharsis 27 οὔτε βεβαίως ἀπερεῖσαι τὴν βάσιν καὶ οὔτε ἐπιστηρίξαι ῥᾴδιον and two instances with τοὺς πόδας in Michael Ephes., in librum de animalium incessu commentarium, CAG 22:2:138,15–17; for the latter Hesych. ε 5712 ἐρεῖσαι· ἐπερεῖσαι ἐπιστηρίξαι.


Or. 235.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τὸ μεταβληθῆναι  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 236.01 (vet gloss) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰσχυρότερον  —MOVCAaAbMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ MVCPr, om. others   |    ἰσχυρότερον] O, ἰσχυρὸν μὲν MC, ἰσχυρὸν others

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,11; Dind. II.89,17


Or. 236.02 (rec gloss) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: μέγα  —VAaAbMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. V


Or. 236.03 (rec gloss) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: καλὸν  —AaAbMnRfSSaGB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   κακὸν Mn, a.c. Aa


Or. 236.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: καὶ καλλιώτερον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 236.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: κάλλιον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 236.06 (thom exeg) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν  —ZaZbZlZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 236.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: τῷ ἀσθενεῖ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 236.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: ὑπάρχει  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 236.09 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ δοκεῖν⟩: ἡ δόκησις  —V3AbFMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 236.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δοκεῖν⟩: ἡ τῆς ὑγείας δόκησις  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 236.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοκεῖν⟩: τι καλὸν  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 236.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἂν⟩: ἐὰν  —S

LEMMA: ἂν in text S for κἂν       POSITION: s.l., misplaced over 235 ἔχει S


Or. 236.13 (tri metr) ⟨κἂν⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 236.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀληθείας⟩: παραμυθίας —VPr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 236.15 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀληθείας⟩: τῆς  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 236.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπῇ⟩: καὶ ἀπῇ μακρὰν  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 236.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπῇ⟩: καὶ ἀπουσία ὑπάρχει  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 236.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπῇ⟩: μακρὰν ὑπάρχ()  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 236.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπῇ⟩: μακρὰν ᾖ  —FG

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F


Or. 236.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπῇ⟩: ὑπάρχῃ  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 236.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπῇ⟩: πόρρω ᾖ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   πόρω Aa2


Or. 236.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπῇ⟩: πόρρω ὑπάρχῃ  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 236.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπῇ⟩: καὶ ἔξω ὑπάρχει  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπάρχ() Zu


Or. 237.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨κασίγνητον κάρα⟩: ὦ ἀδελφὲ κατὰ περίφρασιν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Brotherly head’ means) ‘o brother’ by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Xo   |    ὦ om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,22

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν


Or. 237.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κασίγνητον κάρα⟩: περιφραστικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ ἀδελφέ —B3a

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,21

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν


Or. 237.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κασίγνητον κάρα⟩: ὦ ἀδελφὲ  —F2Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 237.04 (rec gloss) ⟨κασίγνητον⟩: ἀδελφικὸν —CrMnSSaOxZu

POSITION: s.l. (CrOx mistakenly above 235 τόδ’ ὑγιείας)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOxZu


Or. 237.05 (thom gloss) ⟨κασίγνητον⟩: αὐτάδελφον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,22


Or. 237.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 237.07 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 238.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἕως ἐῶσιν εὖ⟩: γρ. ἕως ἐῶσ’ εὖ.  —Ra

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 238.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἕως⟩: ἐν ὅσῳ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X


Or. 238.03 (thom gloss) ⟨ἕως⟩: μέχρις ἂν  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGuAa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   μέχρι Za   |


Or. 238.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἕως⟩: καὶ μέχρις ὥρας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 238.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐῶσι⟩: ἀφιᾶσι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZb2ZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἀφίησι Zb2

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀφιᾶσιν XT   |


Or. 238.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐῶσι⟩: καταλιμπάνουσιν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 238.07 (pllgn exeg) εὖ φρονεῖν Ἐριννύες:  εἰσὶ τὰ τῶν Ἐριννύων ὀνόματα ταῦτα· Τισιφόνη ἀπὸ τοῦ τίω ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ τιμωροῦμαι· Μέγαιρα ἀπὸ τοῦ μεγαίρω ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ φθονῶ· Ἀληκτὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἂ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ λήγω ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ παύω, ἡ μὴ παύουσα κακοποιεῖν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.  —G

TRANSLATION:  The names of the Erinyes are the following: Tisiphone from ‘tiō’, which signifies ‘punish’; Megaera, from ‘megairō’, which signifies ‘begrudge’; Alecto from the alpha-privative particle and ‘lēgō’, which signifies ‘cease’, the one who does not cease doing harm to humans.

LEMMA: G       REF. SYMBOL: G       POSITION: after sch. 248.06 as last in block on this page

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 38.07 with comment.

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name


Or. 238.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὖ φρονεῖν⟩: σωφρονεῖν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 238.09 (rec gloss) ⟨εὖ⟩: καλῶς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 238.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρονεῖν⟩: νοεῖν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 238.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρονεῖν⟩: ὥστε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 238.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρονεῖν⟩: τινὰ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   In CrOx the text lacks σ’ as subject of the infinitive.   |


Or. 238.13 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἐριννύες⟩: αἱ μανίαι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 238.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἐριννύες⟩: (?)διαφ⟨θ⟩αρτικαὶ(?) τῆς σῆς †ἀνάγκης  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   Uncertain, check original Zl.


Or. 238.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἐριννύες⟩: δαιμόνια μετερχόμενα τοὺς φονεῖς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τοὺς] τοῦτο Zu


Or. 238.16 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἐριννύες⟩: αἱ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 239.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨λέξεις τι καινόν⟩: πάντως καινότερόν τι ἀπαγγελεῖς.  —MVCPr

TRANSLATION:   Evidently you are going to report something rather novel.

REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: s.l., except intermarg. M

APP. CRIT.:   ἀγγέλ() V

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπαγγέλεις M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,12; Dind. II.89,26


Or. 239.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέξεις⟩: ἐρεῖς —F2Zl2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 239.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέξεις⟩: βούλεσαι εἰπεῖν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 239.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέξεις⟩: καὶ εἴπῃς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἰπεῖς CrOx   |


Or. 239.05 (rec gloss) ⟨καινὸν⟩: νέον  —CrF2MnRSSaOxZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOxZu


Or. 239.06 (rec exeg) ⟨κεἰ μὲν εὖ⟩: καὶ εἰ μὲν εἴπῃς καλῶς, φέρεις  —Ra

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 239.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κεἰ μὲν εὖ⟩: καὶ καλῶς εἴπῃς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 239.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὖ⟩: εἴπῃς δῆλον ⟨ὅτι⟩  —F

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   εἴπεις F


Or. 239.09 (rec gloss) ⟨εὖ⟩: λέγεις  —AbMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 239.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὖ⟩: λέξεις  —GuZu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 239.11 (rec exeg) ⟨εὖ⟩: ἐπὶ καλῷ ἡμῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l., except X (over καινόν G)

APP. CRIT.:   ἡμῶν] τιμῶν X


Or. 239.12 (vet exeg) ⟨χάριν φέρεις⟩: οἱ ἐν περιστάσει ὄντες ἀεὶ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα τοῦ μέλλοντος λέγεσθαι δεδοίκασιν.  —MaMbVCMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Those in a critical situation are always afraid of the declaration of what is about to be said.

LEMMA: MaV, καὶ εἰ μὲν εὖ χάριν φέρεις C, κεἰ μὲν εὖ Rb       REF. SYMBOL: MaVRb       POSITION: s.l. MbPr

APP. CRIT.:   διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν ὅτι prep. MnRaSSa   |    οἱ om. VPr   |    παραστάσει Rb   |    τὸ ἐπάγγελμα om. S   |    μέλλοντος om. C   |    λέγεσθαι om. Mb, γένεσθαι Pr   |    δεδοίκησιν Mn, δεδοίκαμεν Pr

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπάγελμα Ra   |    δεδοίκασι CSa, δεδοίκα() V   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,13–14; Dind. II.89,23–25


Or. 239.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨χάριν φέρεις⟩: εὐχαριστίαν ἕξεις. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from 239.11)

APP. CRIT.:   εὐχαριστίας T (‑αν Ta)

APP. CRIT. 2:   -στείαν app. Yf   |    ἔξεις Aa2


Or. 239.14 (thom gloss) ⟨χάριν⟩: ἡδονὴν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 239.15 (thom gloss) ⟨φέρεις⟩: ἐμοὶ —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

LEMMA: φέροις in text ZZaZm       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 240.01 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ δ’ εἰς βλάβην⟩: λέξεις  —MnSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 240.02 (rec exeg) ⟨βλάβην τιν’⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ φέρεις.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 240.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨βλάβην τιν’⟩: ἀφορῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 240.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βλάβην τίν’⟩: οὐ φέρεις χάριν.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 240.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βλάβην⟩: λύπην  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 240.06 (rec gloss) ⟨τίν’⟩: τινὰ  —AaR

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 240.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἅλις ἔχω⟩: ἀρκούντως διάκειμαι ἕνεκα τοῦ δυστυχεῖν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X; as two sep. glosses TYf

APP. CRIT.:   δυστυχεῖν om. G


Or. 240.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἅλις⟩: αὐτάρκως  —CrF2MnRSaOxZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu


Or. 240.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἅλις⟩: ἱκανῶς  —B4

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 240.10 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨τοῦ⟩: τὸ  —V2/3T

LEMMA: τῶ in text V       POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   This gloss is not in Ta.


Or. 240.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ⟩: τοῦ  —B2/3V3(or V?)

LEMMA: τὸ in text B, τῶ in text V       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 240.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυστυχεῖν⟩: πάσχειν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 240.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυστυχεῖν⟩: οἴκοθεν  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 241.01 (241–242) (rec wdord) word order α (ἥκει), β (μεν.), γ (κασ.), δ (σοῦ), ε (πατρός), ϛ (ὥρμισται), ζ (σέλμ.), η (νεῶν), θ (ἐν ναυπ.)  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 241.02 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαος⟩: long mark over alpha  —T


Or. 241.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἄρτι παραγέγονεν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἄρτι] ἀντὶ τοῦ Y, om. Zc

APP. CRIT. 2:   -γεγόνεν Aa2, ‑γέγονε XbXoYGr   |


Or. 241.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: καὶ ἦλθεν  —CrF2OxZlZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. Zl   |   ἦλθε ZlZu


Or. 241.05 (vet exeg) σοῦ κασίγνητος πατρός:  1διὰ τοῦ ‘σοῦ κασίγνητος πατρός’ ψυχαγωγεῖ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ὑπομιμνήσκουσα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ ἐλπίδας ἀγαθὰς ὑποτίθεται διὰ τοῦ θείου.  2περιπαθέστερον δὲ ποιεῖ τὸ δρᾶμα καὶ πόρρωθεν διαβάλλουσα τὸν Μενέλαον,  3καθὸ ἐλπισθεὶς βοηθῆσαι οὐκ ἐβοήθησεν.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   By using the expression ‘brother of your father’ she encourages her brother, reminding him of his father, and through (the mention of) their uncle she sets good hopes before him. She makes the drama more emotionally affecting by criticizing Menelaus even from a far earlier point (than his arrival on stage), since although it was hoped that he would bring aid he did not help.

LEMMA: MBCPr, μενέλαος ἥκει VMnRwSSa, lemma ἥκει Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ σοῦ κασ. πατρὸς] τούτου BPr   |    τοῦ] τὸ MnSSa, om. Rb   |    σοῦ om. Rw   |    κασιγνήτ(ου) V   |    ψυχαγωγεῖται V   |    τοῦ πατρὸς] τῶ πατρὶ M   |    2 προσπαθέστερον MBCPrRw   |    ποιεῖται VMnSSa   |    τὸ om. Mn   |    καὶ τὸ πόρρ. BPr   |    διαβάλλεσθαι BPr, διαβάλλουσιν MCRw(‑σι CRw), ambig. διαβάλλουσ() V   |    τὸν πολέμιον τὸν μενέλαον Rw   |    3 καθὸ] καθὸν M, ἢ V   |    βοηθήσειν V   |    ἐβοήθεισαν Mn, ἐβοήθει γὰρ Pr   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 δράμα MVCMnPrRbS   |    3 καθ’ ὃ Pr   |    βοηθεῖσαι Mn   |    ἐλπισθεὶς] ἐμπισθεὶς V   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,16–20; Dind. II.90,7–11


Or. 241.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨σοῦ⟩: τοῦ  —F2Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 241.07 (rec gloss) ⟨σοῦ⟩: σοὶ  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 241.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κασίγνητος⟩: ὁ αὐταδελφός  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 241.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κασίγνητος⟩: ἀδελφὸς  —OxZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὁ prep. Ox


Or. 241.10 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πατρὸς⟩: τοῦ  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 242.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐν Ναυπλίᾳ⟩: ἐν τῷ Ἀναπλίῳ  —K

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀνάπλω K

COMMENT:   See on sch. 54.02.

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 242.02 (rec gloss) ⟨Ναυπλίᾳ⟩: λιμένι Ἄργους  —OVCPr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   λιμὴν VCPr


Or. 242.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ναυπλίᾳ⟩: χώρα ἀπό τινος Ναυπλίου  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 242.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨Ναυπλίῳ⟩: λιμένι  —AaAbMnSSaZZaZbZlZmTGuB2

LEMMA: thus in text all except B       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν prep. MnS


Or. 242.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨σέλμαθ’ ὥρμισται νεῶν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ αἱ νῆες ὡρμίσθησαν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ om. Xb

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὁρμ‑ X   |


Or. 242.06 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’ … νεῶν⟩: περιφραστικῶς αἱ νῆες  —GKPr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὰς ναῦς Pr

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν


Or. 242.07 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’ … νεῶν⟩: τουτέστιν αἱ νῆες  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 242.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σέλμαθ’ … νεῶν⟩: ἤγουν τὰ πλοῖα  —Cr a.c.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   overwritten by next gloss


Or. 242.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σέλμαθ’ … νεῶν⟩: καὶ αἱ καθέδραι τῶν πλοίων  —Ox, p.c. Cr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 242.10 (rec gloss) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: αἱ ἀγκύραι  —AaAbMnS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 242.11 (rec gloss) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: καθίσματα  —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ prep. Pr


Or. 242.12 (rec gloss) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: τὰ στηρίγματα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 242.13 (rec gloss) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: καθέδρας  —O

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   For the interpretation of σέλμαθ’ = σέλματα as accusative see also 242.26.


Or. 242.14 (recMosch gloss) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: αἱ καθέδραι  —KSaXXaXbXoT*YYfGGrZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   αἱ om. YGB3a


Or. 242.15 (thom exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: αἱ καθέδραι ἤτοι αἱ νῆες περιφραστικῶς —ZZaZbZlZmTOx2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Selmata’, ‘benches’, are) the seats (of the rowers) or the ships by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   αἳ] ἃ Zb   |    ἤτοι … περιφρ. add. Ox2 to right of Ox gloss 242.09   |    ἤγουν Za

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν


Or. 242.16 (thom exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν· μέρος γὰρ τῶν νεῶν τὰ σέλματα.  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  The whole (expressed) by a part. For the benches are a part of the ships.

LEMMA: cont. from sch. 242.26 Gu       REF. SYMBOL: Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.90,13–14


Or. 242.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν  —B3a

TRANSLATION:  The whole (expressed) by a part.

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 242.18 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩:  παρὰ τῶν ναυτῶν λεγόμενα ταυλία· ἀπὸ τοῦ σελὶς τὸ καταβατόν.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (‘Selmata’, ‘benches’, are) what are called ‘tavlia’ by sailors. (Derived) from the word ‘selis’ meaning ‘page’.

POSITION: in left margin, written vertically

COMMENT:   See LSJ s.v. ταβλίον, but ταβλ‑ words are commonly spelled ταυλ‑ in late Greek. The word is used in several contexts, most implying stripes or a sequence of rows or columns. The closest meaning offered in LBG s.v. ταβλίον is ‘planks of a deck’. For the derivation of σέλμα from σελίς, see Sch. A Il. 16.1 σέλμα ἐστὶ τὸ μεταξὺ τῶν σανιδωμάτων, ὃ σελὶς καλεῖται καὶ καθέδρα ἐστὶ τοῦ ἐρέτου. ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ σέλμα εὔσελμος ὡς σῶμα εὔσωμος. γέγονε δὲ παρὰ τὸ σέλλω τὸ σημαῖνον τὸ ὁρμῶ· ἐξ οὗ καὶ †σέλμος† ὁ μεθ’ ὁρμῆς ῥιπτούμενος λίθος; Eust. in Il. 16.1 (794, 9–11) ἔστι δέ, φασί, σέλμα, ὡς καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ ἐδηλώθη, τὸ μεταξὺ τῶν τοίχων τῆς νεώς, ὃ καὶ ζυγὸς καὶ σελὶς καλεῖται, καθέδρα ὂν ἐρέτου, ὅθεν εὔσελμος ναῦς. γίνεται δὲ τὸ ῥηθὲν σέλμα παρὰ τὸ σέλλω, τὸ ὁρμῶ, τὸ αἴτιον ὁρμῆς τῇ νηΐ.

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 242.19 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: σέλματα λέγονται οἱ ζυγοὶ τῆς νηός· τὰ παρὰ τῶν ναυτῶν λεγόμενα ταόλια.  —Aa

APP. CRIT.:   ταυλία to be read?

COMMENT:   See comment on previous. Aa’s ταόλια is either an error of a scribe who was not familiar with the word, or an otherwise unattested alternative spelling.

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 242.20 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: ταῖς καθίστραις τῆς νηὸς ἢ τῷ σέλματι τῆς νηός —V

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   The author of this annotation takes σέλμαθ’ as σέλματι, against the usual view that it is the elided nominative σέλματα (but see 242.13 and 242.26 for σέλματα as accusative).   |   The noun καθίστρα is not currently in TLG, but there is one other instance in an inscription from Pisidia (SEG 2.727, probably to be dated to the period from Nerva to Caracalla) cited by LSJ, where the question mark about the equivalence to καθέδρα can be removed (note καθέδραι in 242.13–16).

KEYWORDS:  rare word


Or. 242.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: καὶ ζυγῷ  —F

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   erroneously treating the elided form as σέλματι.


Or. 242.22 (rec artGloss) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: τὰ  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 242.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ὥρμισται⟩: ὡρμισμέναι εἰσὶν  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   -μένα εἰσιν S


Or. 242.24 (rec gloss) ⟨ὥρμισται⟩: ὡρμίσθησαν  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 242.25 (rec gloss) ⟨ὥρμισται⟩: ἐλιμενίσθη  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 242.26 (thom exeg) ⟨ὥρμισται⟩: ἐλλιμένισται, ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐλιμένισεν, ὅπερ εἰ εἴποις αἰτιατικὴν νοήσεις τὰ σέλματα.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Has been brought into harbor; or (it is used) instead of ‘he brought into harbor’, and if you adopt this view you will understand ‘the benches’ to be in the accusative.

REF. SYMBOL: Za       POSITION: s.l. ZZbZm, marg. Za

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ὥρμισται ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. T   |    after first word Zl mostly illegible   |    ἤγουν Zb   |    ἐλιμένισεν] ἑλλιμένισα Zb, ἐνελιμένισεν Ta   |    εἴπεις, s.l. perhaps ‑ης Zb   |    αἰτιατικὴ Zb

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐλλιμένισται] ἐλιμ‑ Z, ἑλλ‑ Zb   |    ἐλιμένισεν] ἐλλιμένισεν Gu   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.90,12–13

COMMENT:   This is the only perfect middle-passive form of (ἐλ)λιμενίζω attested, and it is found here and in the next scholion (derived from this one). It is apparently a late Greek perfect of the compound verb without reduplication, for which Jannaris §750d gives among his examples ἐμψυχωμένος and ἐγκεντρισμέναις. Note how Triclinius pedantically turned ἐλιμένισεν into ἐνελιμένισεν to make it match the earlier form. For transitive uses of ἐλλιμενίζω see LBG s.v., and for the middle-passive see DGE s.v. 2.


Or. 242.27 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὥρμισται⟩: ἐλλιμένισται τὰ σέλματα δηλονότι.  —Zc2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 242.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὥρμισται⟩: ὥρμισεν app.  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 242.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νεῶν⟩: ναῦς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 243.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἦλθε  —F2GOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἦλθεν Ox


Or. 243.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ παραγέγονεν  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 243.03 (rec gloss) ⟨φῶς⟩: ἤγουν τι καλὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 243.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨φῶς⟩: σωτηρία  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAaF3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 243.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φῶς⟩: καὶ τὸ εὐτύχημα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 243.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φῶς⟩: βοήθεια, ἀπαλλαγὴ τῶν ἐμῶν κακῶν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 243.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φῶς⟩: καὶ ἡ ἐλευθερία  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 243.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨φῶς⟩: τὸ —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 243.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐμοῖς καὶ σοῖς κακοῖς⟩: ἐμῶν καὶ σῶν κακῶν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 243.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐμοῖς καὶ σοῖς κακοῖ⟩: ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐμαῖς καὶ σαῖς δυστυχίαις  —XXaXbXoT+YGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   σωτηρίαις YGr, app. a.c. Xa


Or. 243.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμοῖς⟩: ἐν τοῖς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 243.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἐμοῖς⟩: τοῖς  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 243.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨σοῖς⟩: τοῖς  —SOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 243.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακοῖς⟩: ἤγουν τοῖς δυστυχήμασι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 243.15 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨κακοῖς⟩: τοῖς  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 244.01 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἀνὴρ⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 244.02 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὁμογενὴς⟩: συγγενὴς  —Aa3CrSaOxXXaXbXoYGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὁ prep. CrOxZu


Or. 244.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨ὁμογενὴς⟩:  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 244.04 (vet exeg) ⟨χάριτας ἔχων πατρός⟩: ἡ παρά καὶ τὸ ἐμοῦ προσληπτέον.  —MCr

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘from’ and the (adjective) ‘my’ are to be supplied (with the genitive ‘father’).

POSITION: intermarg. MCr (M beside 241–2)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,15; Dind. II.89,25


Or. 244.05 (rec exeg) χάριτας ἔχων πατρός: λείπει τὸ παρὰ τοῦ ἐμοῦ —AbMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘From my’ is to be understood (with ‘father’).

LEMMA: Rb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. except RaRb

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει om. AbRa   |    τὸ om. AbSSa   |    π(ερὶ) Ra   |    ἐμοῦ] Rb, ἡμῶν RaSa, spaced as sep. gloss Mn, om. AbS

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 244.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χάριτας ἔχων πατρός⟩: ἤγουν ὅστις ἔχει πολλὰς χάριτας τοῦ πατρὸς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 244.07 (mosch exeg) χάριτας: ἃς ὁ πατὴρ ἐχαρίσατο αὐτῷ, ἤγουν ἔργα εὐχαριστίας ἄξια  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Favors’ means the ones) with which his father obliged him, that is, deeds deserving gratitude.

LEMMA: XXoT       POSITION: s.l. except XXoT

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν κτλ om. ZcAa2

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.90,16–17


Or. 244.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χάριτας⟩: δωρεάς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 244.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πατρὸς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμοῦ πατρός  —V

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 244.10 (rec gloss) ⟨πατρὸς⟩: πρὸς  —O

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   πρὸς (or παρὰ?) Mastr., πατρ(ὸς) O


Or. 244.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πατρὸς⟩: ἐμοῦ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 244.12 (rec gloss) ⟨πατρὸς⟩: πατρικὰς  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 244.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πατρὸς⟩: τοῦ —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 245.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἐνδημεῖ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 245.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἦλθε  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.; mistakenly repeated in same position above 247 Ox

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἦλθεν Ox (καὶ ἦλθε in repeated instance)


Or. 245.03 (vet exeg) τὸ πιστὸν τόδε λόγων:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ πίστευε τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις.  2πίστιν δέχου ταύτην βεβαίαν καὶ ἀσφαλῆ μαρτυρίαν, τὸ καὶ τὴν Ἑλένην αὐτῷ συνεπιδημῆσαι·  3ὅπου γὰρ Ἑλένη, πάντως που καὶ Μενέλαος.   —MBVCPrRwZu, partial O

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘have faith in my words’. As guarantee accept this sure and secure evidence, the fact that Helen too has arrived here with him. For wherever Helen is, by all means, surely, Menelaus is too.

LEMMA: MBCPr, τὸ πιστὸν τόδε Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: V cont. from next, without repeating first sentence (= last of 245.04); sep. in O 2 τὸ … συνεπιδημ. above 246 ἑλένην, 3 ὅπου γὰρ κτλ in margin at 246

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἀντὶ … μαρτυρίαν om. O (but cf. 245.09   |    1 ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν Zu, ἀντὶ C   |    τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους M   |    2 πίστιν] πίστην C, πιστοῦ Pr   |    μαρτυρίαν ἀσφαλῆ transp. V   |    τὸ καὶ] τῷ καὶ BVPr, τε καὶ Rw, τὸ O   |    τὴν om. O   |    3 γὰρ] γε Rw   |    που] ἐκεῖ O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.123,1–4; Dind. II.90,22–91,2


Or. 245.04 (rec exeg) τὸ πιστόν τόδε λόγων:  1τὸ ἑξῆς οὕτως· τοῦτο πιστὸν δέχου τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων.  2οἱ δὲ οὕτως· τὸ πιστὸν τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων δέχου τοῦτο·  3ἀντὶ τοῦ πίστευε τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις.   —VMnRbRwSSa, partial Ra

TRANSLATION:   The sequence is as follows: Accept this as a guarantee of my words. Others understand it this way: As the guarantee of my words accept this. Equivalent to ‘have faith in my words’.

LEMMA: Rw, ἥκει τὸ πιστόν τόδε λόγων V, ἥκει MnRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: VRb

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ … οὕτως] καὶ Ra   |    τοῦτο τὸ Ra   |    ἔχου Ra   |    2–3 οἱ δὲ κτλ om. Ra   |    2 οἱ δὲ … λόγων om. Sa

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οὕτω Sa   |    2 οὕτω Mn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,21–22; Dind. II.90,20–23

COLLATION NOTES:   Sa lemma and first three words by rubric. in empty space.   |


Or. 245.05 (rec paraphr) ἀντὶ τοῦ πίστευε τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις.  —AaMnSSaZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν Zu   |    πίστευσον S   |    τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους Zu


Or. 245.06 (rec paraphr) τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν μάνθανε λόγων.  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 245.07 (pllgn exeg) μετ’ αὐτοῦ δὲ καὶ Ἑλένην ἐνδημῆσαι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 245.08 (mosch paraphr) δέχου τὴν πίστωσιν τήνδε τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.:   δέχου transp. after λόγων G   |    τήνδε om. YfGZc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.90,19


Or. 245.09 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ πιστὸν⟩: πίστιν βεβαίαν  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 245.10 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸ πιστὸν⟩: τὴν βεβαίωσιν  —KB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 245.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ πιστὸν⟩: τὸ βέβαιον  —CrOxZb2Zl

POSITION: s.l.; mistakenly repeated in same position above 247 CrOx

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx (both instances)


Or. 245.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πιστὸν⟩: ἀληθές  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 245.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λόγων ἐμῶν δέχου⟩: καθὼς λέγω σοι δηλονότι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 245.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λόγων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν  —Aa3Zb2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. Aa3


Or. 245.15 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨λόγων⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 245.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δέχου⟩: λάμβανε  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 246.01 (rec exeg) ἔρχεται καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ Ἑλένην ἄγει ἀπὸ τῆς Τροίας.  —Ra


Or. 246.02 (rec exeg) ἔρχεται ἄγων τὴν Ἑλένην· δέχου τὸ πιστὸν τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων.  —Mn

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄγον Mn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.91,4–5


Or. 246.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἑλένην⟩: τὴν  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 246.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγόμενος⟩: ἄγων  —Aa3Pr2, app. Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 246.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀγόμενος⟩: φέρων  —FSaZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. FZu


Or. 246.06 (mosch gloss) ἀγόμενος: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπαγόμενος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Aa2GZc


Or. 246.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγόμενος⟩: καὶ κομίσας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l. (repeated above 248 ἄγεται CrOx)


Or. 246.08 (rec exeg) ⟨Τρωϊκῶν ἐκ τειχέων⟩: περίφρασις  —V1

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  περίφρασις


Or. 246.09 (thom exeg) ⟨Τρωϊκῶν ἐκ τειχέων⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς Τροίας περιφραστικῶς  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘From Trojans walls’ means) ‘from Troy’ by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. ZZaZu   |    ἀπ’ αὐτῆς τῆς Zu   |    περιφραστικῶς om. ZZaZu

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν


Or. 246.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Τρωϊκῶν ἐκ τειχέων⟩: περιφραστικῶς ἐκ τῆς Τροίας  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν


Or. 246.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Τρωϊκῶν⟩: τῶν τῆς Τροίας  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 246.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨Τρωϊκῶν⟩: τῶν  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 247.01 (vet exeg) ὡς τοῦ τὴν Ἑλένην ἀχθῆναι ἐπιμολύναντος τὴν εὐπραξίαν Μενελάου  —MVCRw

TRANSLATION:  (He says this) as if the fact that Helen was brought has befouled the good fortune of Menelaus.

LEMMA: (246) Ἑλένην ἀγόμενος V       REF. SYMBOL: V to 246       POSITION: cont. from 245.03 MCRw

APP. CRIT.:   ὡς τοῦ] ὥστε V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.123,5–6; Dind. II.91,2–3


Or. 247.02 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐὰν  —MnSar

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 247.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόνος⟩: χωρὶς Ἑλένης  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 247.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μόνος⟩: ἤγουν ἄνευ τῆς Ἑλένης  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 247.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόνος⟩: μεμονωμένος —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 247.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐσώθη⟩: διέσωθη  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 247.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐσώθη⟩: καὶ ἦλθε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 247.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐσώθη⟩: ἤρχετο  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 247.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μᾶλλον⟩: καὶ περισσοτέρως  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l. (repeated mistakenly above 249 τυνδάρεως CrOx)

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός


Or. 247.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ζηλωτὸς⟩: αἰνετὸς  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 247.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ζηλωτὸς⟩: ἐπαινετὸς  —CrF2Pr2OxZuB3a

POSITION: s.l. (misplaced over 249 εἰς τὸν ψόγον CrOx)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu   |    ἐπαιετὸς Zu, ἐπαινετῶς CrOx   |    ἦν add. Pr2


Or. 247.12 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ζηλωτὸς⟩: μακαριστὸς  —SaOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox


Or. 247.13 (thom gloss) ⟨ζηλωτὸς⟩: θαυμαστὸς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 247.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἦν⟩: καὶ ὑπῆρχεν —OxZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ νὰ ὑπ. Zu

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 248.01 (rec paraphr) ἤγουν ⟨εἰ⟩ τὴν Ἑλένην γυναῖκα φέρει, διαβεβλημένον δύσφημον μέγα κακὸν αὕτη γέγονε τῇ Ἑλλάδι  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   διαβεβλημένη Sar

COMMENT:   See on 248.14.


Or. 248.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐπειδὴ  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 248.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἄλοχον⟩: γυναῖκα  —V1AbCrMnPrSOxZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν prep. PrZm, καὶ τὴν prep. CrSOxZu


Or. 248.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἄλοχον⟩: σύνευνον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν prep. T


Or. 248.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἄλοχον⟩: τὴν  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 248.06 (mosch gram) ἄγεται:  1ἄγεταί τις γυναῖκα ἀντὶ τοῦ λαμβάνει.  2ἐπάγεται δὲ δοῦλον ἢ ἕτερόν τι ἀντὶ τοῦ μεθ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἄγει.  3καὶ ἐπάγεται τόδε ἐν παθητικῇ σημασίᾳ ἀντὶ τοῦ μεθ’ ἕτερον ἢ μεθ’ ἕτερα ἄγεται.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   One leads for oneself (‘agetai’) a woman/wife in the sense of ‘takes’. One brings along (‘epagetai’) a slave or something else in the sense ‘leads with oneself’. And with a passive meaning, this thing is led along (‘epagetai’) in the sense ‘it is led after something else or after some other things’.

LEMMA: εἰ δ’ ἄλοχον ἄγεται G       POSITION: cont. from 246.06 X; beside 246 Xb

APP. CRIT.:   2 δοῦλον ἢ ἕτερόν τι] ἕτερον ἢ ἕτερόν τις Gr

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἄγεταί τις] ἅγεταί τις XaYf, ἄγεται τίς X   |    2 ἅγει Xa   |   3 ἅγεται Xa   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.91,5–8


Or. 248.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄγεται⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄγει  —MnPr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Mn


Or. 248.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἄγεται⟩: ἐπάγεται  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπάγεται a.c. Xa


Or. 248.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄγεται⟩: κομίζει  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   καὶ κομίσας here in CrOx could be a corruption of κομίζει, but there are several instances of duplicated glosses in CrOx in this passage, so I have interpreted καὶ κομίσας as a repetition of 246.07.


Or. 248.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄγεται⟩: καὶ φέρει  —FZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἤφερε Zu

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 248.11 (rec exeg) κακὸν … μέγα: μέγα γὰρ κακὸν αὕτη γέγονε τῇ Ἑλλάδι.  —VAbMnPrRbS

LEMMA: κακὸν ἔχων Rb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. except R

APP. CRIT.:   γὰρ om. AbMnRbS   |    αὕτη om. Pr

APP. CRIT. 2:   αὐτὴ Rb, αὔτη Mn   |

COMMENT:   One must wonder whether this is a corrupt version of 249.01, or vice versa. See also 248.01.


Or. 248.12 (rec gram) ⟨κακὸν … μέγα⟩: τί ἐστι γυνή; μέγα κακόν.  —Pr

POSITION: upper marg.

COMMENT:   For the juncture, compare Hipp. 627 τούτωι δὲ δῆλον ὡς γυνὴ κακὸν μέγα; Philemon fr. 132 Kock γυνὴ δὲ νικῶσ’ ἄνδρα κακόν ἐστιν μέγα; Joannes Chrysostom. PG 63.147,36–37 μέγα ἀγαθὸν γυνὴ, ὡσπεροῦν καὶ κακὸν μέγα; Epigr. exhortatoria et supplicatoria 84δ [Epigr. Anthologia III:414 Cougny] (εἰς τὸ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος) σφαγεὶς Ἀγαμέμνων δὲ συζύγου πάρα / βοᾷ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὡς κακὸν γυνὴ μέγα.


Or. 248.13 (rec gram) ⟨κακὸν … μέγα⟩: ἑπτὰ· τὸν Θησέα, τὸν Πρωτέα, τὸν Ἀλέξανδρον, Μεν⟨έλαον⟩, Ἀχιλλ⟨έα⟩ ἐν ὀνείρῳ, καὶ Δηΐφοβον·  —Pr

POSITION: lower marg.

APP. CRIT.:   μεν Pr, leaving a space of ca. 5 letters

COMMENT:   The lists in sch. Andr. 229, Sch. Hom Il. 3.140a, Sch. Lycophr. 143b Leone (τῆς πενταλέκτρου: τῆς Ἑλένης· πέντε γὰρ αὐτὴν ἔγημαν· Θησεύς, Μενέλαος, Πάρις, Δηΐφοβος, Ἀχιλλεὺς κατ’ ὄναρ) do not include Proteus. Perhaps our scholar is being clever, adding Proteus on his own. But why is the number ἑπτὰ (clear and undamaged)? A careless mistake for ἕξ? There appears to be a dicolon after δηΐφοβον, indicating nothing followed. Could the original have been μενέλαον δὶς, another display of cleverness?


Or. 248.14 (rec gloss) ⟨κακὸν⟩: διαβεβλημένον δύσφημον  —AaMnS

LEMMA: κακῶν in text Mn, a.c. S       POSITION: s.l., perhaps meant to be taken as preposed to 248.11 MnS; above ἄλοχον Aa

APP. CRIT.:   -μένην Aa   |    τὴν add. before δύσφ. Aa

COMMENT:   One may speculate that the two words were originally a gloss on 249 ἐπίσημον, displaced here and conflated into 248.01 in Sa. In Aa the words are adjusted to apply to Helen.


Or. 248.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχων ἥκει⟩: ἔχει· Ἀττικὸν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   This and the next scholion apparently reflect a teacher’s idea that ἔχων ἥκει is a literary periphrasis for ἔχει.   |

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς


Or. 248.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχων ἥκει⟩: Ἀττικισμὸς  —S

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς


Or. 248.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχων ἥκει⟩: καὶ φέρει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   φέρε Cr


Or. 248.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχων⟩: φέρων  —GGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 248.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχων⟩: καὶ βαστάζων καὶ κεκτημένος  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 248.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἦλθε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   I take the καὶ ἦλθε that is above 249 ἐπίσημον in CrOx to be a misplaced repetition of 247.07, but it could also be a misplaced version of this gloss.


Or. 249.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Τυνδάρεως⟩: μέγα γὰρ αὐτὴν κακὸν τῇ Ἑλλάδι ἔτεκεν  —MC

POSITION: s.l. at 248 C; intermarg. M beside 248

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτὴν Dind. and Schw. as if in M, αὐτῆ or αὐτὴ M, αὐτὴ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.123,7; Dind. II.91,11–12

COMMENT:   See on 248.11. If this note really does belong to 248, then αὕτη should be printed and ἔτεκεν emended to ἐγένετο.


Or. 249.02 (vet exeg) ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Τυνδάρεως:  1Στησίχορός φησιν ὡς θύων τοῖς θεοῖς Τυνδάρεως Ἀφροδίτης ἐπελάθετο·  2διὸ ὀργισθεῖσαν τὴν θεὸν διγάμους τε καὶ τριγάμους καὶ λειψάνδρους αὐτοῦ τὰς θυγατέρας ποιῆσαι.  3ἔχει δὲ ἡ χρῆσις οὕτως [Stesichorus fr. 85 Davies–Finglass, PMG/PMGF 223]·  4‘οὕνεκά ποτε Τυνδάρεως ῥέζων πᾶσι θεοῖς μόνης λάθετ’ ἠπιοδώρου Κύπριδος,  5κείνα δὲ Τυνδάρεω κούραις χολωσαμένη διγάμους τε καὶ τριγάμους τίθησι καὶ λιπεσάνορας’.  6καὶ Ἡσίοδος δέ [Hes. fr. 176 M–W (93 Rzach)]·
7‘τῇσιν δὲ φιλο⟨μ⟩μειδὴς Ἀφροδίτη /
8ἠγάσθη προσιδοῦσα, κακῇ δέ σφ’ ἔμβαλε φήμῃ. /
9Τιμάνδρη μὲν ἔπειτ’ Ἔχεμον προλιποῦσ’ ἐβεβήκει, /
10ἵκετο δ’ ἐς Φυλῆα φίλον μακάρεσσι θεοῖσιν. /
11ὣς δὲ Κλυταιμνήστρη ⟨προ⟩λιποῦσ’ Ἀγαμέμνονα δῖον /
12Αἰγίσθῳ παρέλεκτο, καὶ εἵλετο χείρον’ ἀκοίτην. /
13ὣς δ’ Ἑλένη ᾔσχυνε λέχος ξανθοῦ Μενελάου.’   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Stesichorus says that when sacrificing to the gods Tyndareus forgot Aphrodite. Angered because of this, the goddess (he says) made his daughters triple-married and husband-deserters. The passage is as follows: ‘Because Tyndareus once, when doing sacrifice to all the gods, forgot only Cypris of the gentle gifts, and that goddess becoming wrathful toward the daughters of Tyndareus makes them double-married and triple-married and husband-deserters’. And also Hesiod: ‘Laughter-loving Aphrodite, / looking upon them, grew resentful toward them, and cast evil report upon them. / Timandre then went off, abandoning Echemus, / and she came to Phyleus, a man dear to the immortal gods. / And likewise Clytemnestra, having abandoned godlike Agamemnon, / slept with Aegisthus, and chose a worse husband. / And likewise Helen shamed the bed of blond Menelaus’.

LEMMA: MCPr, ἐπίσημον: ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Τυνδ() B, τὸ ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε V, ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: punct. and rubricated in Rw as three scholia (1–2, 3–4, 5–13)

APP. CRIT.:   1 θύων] θεοῦ M   |    ἀφροδίταν Pr   |    ἐλάθετο MVCRw   |    2 ὀργισθεῖσα MBPr   |    τὴν θεὸν] ἡ θεὸς B   |    τε om. V   |    λειχάνδρας Pr   |    τὰς θυγατέρας αὐτοῦ transp. V   |    ποιῆσαι Schw. (after Dind.), ἐποίησεν all   |    3 οὕτως om. MC   |    4 οὕνεκα Τυνδάρεος / ῥέζων ποκὰ Schneidewin (ποτὲ already transp. Suchfort)   |    ἅπασι BVPrRw   |    μόνης] VRw (μόνας Page), μιᾶς MBC, om. Pr   |    λήθετο Rw, λήθ()τ() V, ἐπελάθετο MC   |    ἡπιόδωρος V   |    5 κείνη Pr   |    τυνδ. κόραις del. Wilam. (as from Stes. fragment)   |    τυνδαρέου Schneidewin   |    κούραις] B, κούρου M, κούρας C, κόραις Rw, κόραισι V, κόρης Pr, κόρας Sitzler   |    χολωσαμένα Blomfield   |    τε om. VRw   |    ἐτίθει West   |    λιπεσάνορας scr. Schneidewin, λιπεσήνορας BCPr, λειπεσάνορας VRw, λιπεσιόρας M   |    6 δὲ om. BVPrRw   |    7 τοῖσι PrRw   |    φιλομμειδὴς Barnes, φιλομηδὴς C   |    8 προϊδοῦσα MVRw   |    κακῇ … φήμῃ Schw., κακὴν … φήμην all   |    σφ’] φη(σὶ) V, φ’ C, σφησιν Rw, φιν Nauck   |    ἥμβαλε app. M, ἔβαλλε VPr, ἔβαλε CRw   |    8–9 B punct. after φήμην, leaves blank space, om. Τιμάνδρη μὲν ἔπ; and on next line ειτ’ ἔχετον om. or washed out before προλιποῦσ’   |    9 τιμάνδρη… ἔχεμον] ἐτύχετον Pr   |    Τιμάνδρη] Geel (in C. Goettling, Hesiodi carmina, 2nd ed. 1843, prep. lx) from Eust. in Il. 2.616 (I.472,28), πεισάνδρη VRw, τις ἀνδρὶ M(τίς)C (om. BPr)   |    μὲν ἔπειτ’] V(μὲν ἐπεί τ’)Rw, μένει εἴτ’ MC (B blank space and possible traces of ειτ)   |    Ἔχεμον Geel, ἔχετον MVCRw (cf. corrupt ἐτύχετον Pr) (B unclear)   |    10 φιλία M, φλῆα VRw, φυλῆς Pr (φυλέα Eust. in four quotations, in Il. 1.404 [I.193,25 and I.194,11], in Il. 10.192 [III.43,19], in Od. 9.415 [I.353,21])   |    θεοῖσιν om. VRw, θεοῖς Pr   |    11 κλυταιμνήστρη Barnes (‑μήστρη Rzach, Merkelbach–West), ‑μνήστρα MPrRw, ‑μνῆστρα BVC   |    ⟨προ⟩ add. Cobet (λείπουσ’ Barnes, ἀτίουσα West)   |    12 αἰγίστω Pr   |    παράλεκτρος Rw, παρέλικτο Pr   |    χείραιν app. Pr   |    ἀκοίταν B   |    13 ὡδ’ or ὥδ’ M, ὡς δὴ Pr

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 στησίχωρος Pr   |    3 χρήσις M   |    οὔνεκά MC   |    4 ἡπιοδώρου M   |    7 τῆσι MBVC   |    10 εἰς MBCPr   |    μακάρεσιν V, μακάρεσσιν Rw, μακάρεσι MC   |    θεοῖσι app. M   |    11 ὡς δὲ VCRw   |    λιποῦσα Rw   |    ἀγααμέμνονα Rw   |    13 ὡς δ’ VCRw   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.123,8–21; Dind. II.91,12–92,4

COMMENT:   G. Most in the Loeb edition of Hesiod retains (8) κακὴν δέ σφ’ ἔμβαλε φήμην. Epic idiom, however, supports Schw.’s correction, since there are no instances of such a metaphorical use of ἐμβάλλω; the usual usage has someone plant an emotion or quality or idea in a person. The juncture κακὴ φήμη is not common in classical poetry, but there is a later parallel in Manetho, Apotelesmatica 3.87–88 (in a context of adulterous persons; with ἀμφιβάλλω instead of ἐμβάλλω) καὶ δ’ αὐτοὺς φήμῃσι κακαῖς νεότητος ἐν ὥραις / ἀμφέβαλεν; compare the comparable metaphor in the proverbial phrase κακά τευ κακκέχυται φάμα. Nor is there an exact parallel for φήμην ἐμβάλλειν in φήμας βάλλειν as in Et. Gud. (di Stefani) s.v. βλάσφημος· παρὰ τὸ βλάβη καὶ τὸ φήμη γίνεται βλάσφημος, ὁ βλάβην λέγων· ἢ ὁ τὰς κακὰς φήμας κατά τινος βάλλων, ἤγουν ὁ λοίδορος.   |

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Stesichorus   |   Hesiod


Or. 249.03 (rec paraphr) ὁ Τυνδάρεως ἐγέννησε γένος θυγατέρων πολυθρύλητον εἰς ψόγον.  —MnSSa

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ τυνδ. add. in blank space (as if lemma) Sar    |   ὁ om. S   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐγένησε S   |    πολλυθρύλλητον MnSSa   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,7–8


Or. 249.04 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πολυθρύλητον  —MOVCPr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἐπίσημον ἀντὶ C, om. OPr

APP. CRIT. 2:   -θρύλλητον VPr   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,1; Dind. II.92,5


Or. 249.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ μέγα καὶ πρῶτον  —V

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   μεγ()΄λ() καὶ πρῶτα


Or. 249.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: περιβόητον  —AaAbMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 249.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: καὶ διαβόητον καὶ μέγα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 249.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: σύγκριτον  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 249.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: περιφανὲς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,8


Or. 249.10 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἔκδηλον ἐξάκουστον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐνδ‑ ZbZl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,8


Or. 249.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: τὸ διάσημον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 249.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: περίφρασις  —Y

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Perhaps this comments on ἐπίσημον εἰς τὸν ψόγον as an indirect way to say ἐπίψογον, δύσφημον, or the like.

KEYWORDS:  περίφρασις


Or. 249.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἔτεκε⟩: ση(μείωσαι) τὸ ἔτεκεν ὅπως ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον ἐπὶ γυναικῶν λέγεται.  —Ta2

POSITION: marg.


Or. 249.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτεκε⟩: ἐγέννησε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 249.15 (rec artGloss) ⟨Τυνδάρεως⟩:  —AbF2MnSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 249.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰς τὸν ψόγον⟩: εἰς τὴν [  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   trimmed margin; e.g. [μέμψιν, [κατηγορίαν   |


Or. 249.17 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸν ψόγον⟩: περισσὸν δὲ τὸ ἄρθρον.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The article is superfluous.

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 249.04 MC

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός


Or. 250.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γένος θυγατέρων⟩: τὴν Ἑλένην καὶ τὴν [Κλυται]μνήστραν  —B3

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,9–10


Or. 250.02 (rec exeg) ⟨γένος⟩: Ἀττικον τὸ γένος.  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς


Or. 250.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨γένος⟩: τὸ  —F2Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 250.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨θυγατέρων⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 250.05 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσκλεές⟩: ἐπίψογον  —VCrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 250.06 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσκλεές⟩: δύσφημον  —AbMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 250.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨δυσκλεές⟩: κακὴν φήμην ἔχον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἔχων Y

COLLATION NOTES:   Günther 281 misreports the standard Moschopulean gloss here as having ἔχων.   |


Or. 250.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυσκλεές⟩: ἄδοξον  —AaF2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   add. φήμην ἔχον Aa2 (from sch. 250.07)


Or. 250.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨δυσκλεές⟩: ἄτιμον  —AaMnSSaZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l. (Aa above γένος)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S


Or. 250.10 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσκλεές⟩: τὸ γένος  —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 250.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀν’ Ἑλλάδα⟩: εἰς τὴν  —AbF2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 251.01 (251–252) (thom exeg) 1τουτέστιν ἐπείπερ ἐκείνας ὡς φαύλας κακίζεις, σκόκει μὴ καὶ αὐτὴ περιπέσῃς τοῖς ἴσοις.  2ἀλλ’ ἀποχὴν τῶν κακῶν ἔχε καὶ μὴ μόνον τὰ ἄριστα λέγε, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ νοῦν ἀεὶ ἔχουσα πρᾶττε.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, since you revile those women as base, be careful that you do not yourself meet with the same fate. Rather, keep distant from evils and do not merely say what is best, but also always bearing it in mind act (accordingly).

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

APP. CRIT.:   Zl partly lost to trimming, rest very faint   |    1 παρ’ add. before ἐκείνας ZbZl   |    2 τὰ ἄριστα] ἄριστε Zb   |    second καὶ om. ZZa   |    ἀεὶ] ἂν Za

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 πράττε ZaZbZmT (πρᾶττε Ta) [Zl illegible]   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,11–14

COLLATION NOTES:   Note how Z’s manner of writing ἀεὶ features an ει that looks a lot like a ν, suggesting the sort of script that Za (or a source of Za) misread to get ἂν.   |


Or. 251.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨σύ νυν διάφερε τῶν κακῶν⟩: σπεῦδε διαφέρειν τῶν κακῶν ἐν καλῷ.  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 251.03 (rec gloss) ⟨σύ νυν⟩: ὦ Ἠλέκτρα  —AbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 251.04 (thom gloss) ⟨νυν⟩: δὴ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

LEMMA: νυν in text ZZaTt, νῦν others       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 251.05 (rec gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: ἄπεχε  —AbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Sa


Or. 251.06 (rec gloss) διάφερε: ἀπέχου  —AbRaP2

LEMMA: Ra       POSITION: s.l. AbP2

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,16


Or. 251.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: καὶ ἀπόσχου  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 251.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: ἀπόστηθι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 251.09 (rec gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: διΐστασο ἀπὸ  —MnRaSSa

POSITION: s.l. except Ra

APP. CRIT.:   δὲ ἵστασο S (cont. from 251.05   |    ἀπὸ om. MnS


Or. 251.10 (rec gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: καὶ διαφορὰν ποιοῦ  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 251.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: διάφορος ἔσο  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,15


Or. 251.12 (thom paraphr) ⟨διάφερε⟩: διαφορὰν λάμβανε καὶ ἀποχήν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,15–16


Or. 251.13 (rec gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: διαφορὰν ἔχε  —AaRfZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |    ἔχε om. Rf


Or. 251.14 (rec gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: ἔξω γενοῦ  —PrGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν κακῶν add. Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,16


Or. 251.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: ὑπερτέρει  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 251.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διάφερε⟩: νίκα  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 251.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῶν κακῶν⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν  —CrOxZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. Zu


Or. 251.18 (mosch gloss) ⟨τῶν κακῶν⟩: γυναικῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGZc

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,17


Or. 251.19 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔξεστι γάρ⟩:  1αὐτεξούσιος γὰρ ἡ ἀρετή·  2καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 6.444]· ‘ἐπεὶ μάθον ἔμμεναι ἐσθλός’.   —MVCMnRbSSa, partial OPrRa

TRANSLATION:   For virtue is a matter of free choice. And Homer: ‘ever since I learned to be excellent’.

LEMMA: σὺ νῦν διάφερε VRb       REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: s.l. CPr, intermarg. M

APP. CRIT.:   1 αὐτεξούσιον MC [ending illegible Sa]   |    γὰρ om. MCRb, app. Sa   |    2 καὶ ὅμ. κτλ om. OPrRa   |    ἐπειδὴ Sa   |    ἐσθλοῦ M

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐθλὸς Rb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,2–3; Dind. II.92,18–19

COMMENT:   The association of τὸ αὐτεξούσιον and ἀρετή is common in Christian authors, but the only other passage where the adjective form is applied to ἀρετή is Procopius, commentarii in Isaiam, PG 87:2:2549, 30–31 ὃς καὶ αὐτεξούσιον δεικνὺς τὴν ἀρετὴν, φησίν· ἔσεσθέ μοι δίκαιοι.

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)


Or. 251.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔξεστι γάρ⟩: αὐτεξούσιος  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 251.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔξεστι γάρ⟩: καλὸν γὰρ  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   γὰρ om. AbMn


Or. 251.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔξεστι γάρ⟩: ἐνδεχόμενον γάρ ἐστι.  —GZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκδ‑ a.c. Zc   |    γάρ om. Zc


Or. 251.23 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔξεστι⟩: καλὸν ὑπάρχει σοι.  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 251.24 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔξεστι⟩: ἐκδεδομένον ἐστίν. —XXaXbXoT+YYfAa2

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,19


Or. 251.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔξεστι⟩: δυνατὸν ἔστι σοι τοῦτο.  —ZlZuP2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. P2   |    τοῦτο om. P2, σοι or σοι τοῦτο lost to trimming Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,20


Or. 251.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔξεστι⟩: ἐξουσία ὑπάρχει.  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 251.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔξεστι⟩: καὶ δυνατὸν ὑπάρχει.  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 252.01 (rec paraphr) τοῦτο τὸ κατηγορηθὲν μήτε λέγε μήτε φρόνει.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   κατηγορεῖν Mn


Or. 252.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨λέγ’⟩: καὶ λοιδώρει ἑτέροις  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 252.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέγ’⟩: τὰ καλὰ  —Xa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 252.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέγ’⟩: τὰ ἀγαθὰ  —P2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 252.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέγ’⟩: ἃ λέγεις  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 252.06 (thom exeg) ⟨φρόνει τάδε⟩: ὄτι ἀπέχεις τῶν κακῶν  —ZZaZbZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Keep this mindset’, that is,) that you are distancing yourself from the wicked (women).

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ox2


Or. 252.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρόνει⟩: καὶ ποίει  —CrYf2Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 252.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρόνει⟩: καὶ ἐργάζου  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 252.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φρόνει⟩: πρᾶττε  —P2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   πράττε P2   |


Or. 252.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρᾶττε⟩: γρ. φρόνει.  —Zl

LEMMA: πρᾶττε in text Zl       POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 252.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρᾶττε⟩: ἐνέργει  —Zl

LEMMA: πρᾶττε in text Zl       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 252.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τάδε⟩: καὶ ταῦτα τὰ καλά  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 252.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάδε⟩: ταῦτα  —AaCrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 253.01 (rec paraphr) μέχρις ὧδε ⟨οὐ⟩ παρεφύρου τὰ ῥήματα.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Up to this point you (Orestes) were not confusing your words.

POSITION: between sch. 249.02 and sch. 253.06 ὄμμα Pr

APP. CRIT.:   ῥήματα] perhaps read ὄμματα

COMMENT:   παραφύρω is in LBG, defined as ‘verwirren’ (confuse, bewilder). With ‘up to this point’ one needs to supplement here at least the negative adverb, and if the position of the scholion is correct, then the line ought to refer to 253 and ‘up to this point you were not disturbed in your eyes’ would make better sense as a paraphrase than ‘were not confusing your words, confused in your words’. If the order of the notes is wrong (and Pr often has notes out of order), then this may be a comment on 254 ἄρτι σωφρονῶν, and ῥήματα would be more apt.   |


Or. 253.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἴμοι⟩: φεῦ  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 253.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κασίγνητ’⟩: ὦ αὐτάδελφε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 253.04 (rec artGloss) ⟨κασίγνητ’⟩:  —AbPr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 253.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κασίγνητ’⟩: τίνι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   It is difficult to believe that anyone thought κασίγνητ’ represented a dative. CrOx have some instances of misplaced repeated glosses in the neighborhood, generally in the same horizontal position above the wrong line as over the the correct one. No dative is nearby except μοι at the end of 255. Another (remote) possibility is that this gloss goes with the word before, that is, with the μοι in οἴμοι.   |


Or. 253.06 (vet exeg) ὄμμα σόν ταράσσεται:  1φυσικῶς·  2καθόλου γὰρ τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς παθῶν εἰκόνες οἱ ὀφθαλμοί.  3αἰφνίδιοι δὲ τῶν λυσσωδῶν νοσημάτων αἱ μεταβολαὶ γίνονται.   —MBOVCMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   (This detail can be explained) in terms of what is natural. For in general the eyes are the visible images of the affects of the soul. And the changes induced by diseases of madness occur suddenly.

LEMMA: BCPrRw, ὅμμα σὸν M, οἴμοι κασίγνητ’ ὄμμα V, οἴμοι κασίγνητος Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb

APP. CRIT.:   1 φυσικῶς om. OVMnRaRbSSa   |    3 καὶ add. before αἰφνίδιοι VMnRbSSa   |    αἰφνίδιον Rw   |    δὲ om. OVMnRwSSa, transp. after μεταβολαὶ Rb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,4–6; Dind. II.92,24–26


Or. 253.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ὄμμα σὸν ταράσσεται⟩: ὃ δεῖγμα τοῦ μεταπεσεῖν σε αὖθις εἰς μανίαν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Which is an indication of your falling back into madness.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ὃ om. Zl   |   final words lost to trimming Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,25–26


Or. 253.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄμμα⟩: βλέμμα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 253.09 (rec artGloss) ⟨σὸν⟩: τὸ  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 253.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ταράσσεται⟩: θολοῦται  —AbMnRaSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 253.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταράσσεται⟩: καὶ ἀγριοῦται —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 253.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταράσσεται⟩: ὀχλεῖται  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 254.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨ταχὺς δὲ μετέθου⟩: ταχέως εἰς μανίαν μετεβλήθης ἄρτι σώας ἔχων τὰς φρένας  —MBVCPrRb

TRANSLATION:   Swiftly you have shifted into madness, though you just now had your wits in a sound state.

LEMMA: all (μετετέθης Pr) except ταχὺς δὲ Rb)       REF. SYMBOL: BVRb       POSITION: s.l.; between sch. 256.01 and sch. 257.02 in Pr

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. B   |    after μανίαν add. εἰς λύσσαν Rb   |    μετεβλήθησαν μετεποιήθ() Rb   |    ἄρτι] ἀρτίως V   |    ἔχων σώας transp. V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,7–8; Dind. II.93,1–2


Or. 254.02 (rec exeg) 1ὁ νοῦς· μετεποιήθης καὶ μετεβλήθης εἰς λύσσαν, ἐν δὲ τῷ πρὸ τούτου ⟨* * *⟩ 2μεταθεῖς, ἀντὶ ⟨τοῦ⟩ μετατρέχεις.   —MC

TRANSLATION:   The sense is: you have been altered and shifted into madness, but in the ⟨colloquy/time⟩ before this ⟨lacuna: e.g., you were sane. There is also the reading⟩ ‘you pursue at a run’ (‘metatheis’, from ‘metatheō’ rather than from ‘metatithēmi’), meaning ‘you run after’.

POSITION: cont. from prev. MC

APP. CRIT.:   after τούτῳ perhaps suppl. λόγῳ or χρόνῳ   |    1–2 ἐσωφρόνεις. γράφεται καὶ suppl. e.g. Schw.   |    2 μεταθεὶς ἀντὶ C, μετὰ θήσαντ() M   |    τοῦ suppl. Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,9–10; Dind. II.93,2–3

COMMENT:   ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου without a noun seems not to be used in a temporal sense (it is found in commentaries with βιβλίῳ or προβλήματι or the like understood). ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου λόγῳ is very common, ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου χρόνῳ much less common.   |   See 254.09 for an indication of interpreting (impossibly) the form μετέθου as μετεθοῦ from μεταθέω.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 254.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ταχὺς δὲ μετέθου⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ταχέως εἰς μανίαν μετετράπης.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 254.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ταχὺς δὲ μετέθου⟩: ταχέως μετεβλήθης εἰς λύσσαν.  —Ra

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 254.05 (pllgn gloss) ταχὺ: ταχὺς  —V3

LEMMA: ταχὺ in text V       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 254.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ταχὺς⟩: ταχέως  —OAa2AbF2MnSSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. SZu


Or. 254.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ταχὺς⟩: Ἀττικισμὸς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς


Or. 254.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ταχὺς⟩: μετὰ τὴν σωφροσύνην  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 254.09 (rec gloss) ⟨μετέθου⟩: μετῆλθες  —AaAbF2MnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |

COMMENT:   This reflects the mistaken idea that the verb is from μεταθέω (pursue): see 254.02. But the middle would be accented *μετεθοῦ, and this verb elsewhere has a middle only in the future (with active meaning). μεταθεόμενος and μεταθεῖσθαι occur only a few times, as passives in relation to hunting and seeking. Note, however, that for the simple verb θέω two middle forms with active meaning (ἐθέοντο, θέοιντο) are found in late Byzantine historians.   |


Or. 254.10 (rec gloss) ⟨μετέθου⟩: μετέλαβες περιέθου  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 254.11 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μετέθου⟩: μετεβλήθης  —OV3AaAbCrMnRfSSaOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3a

POSITION: s.l., except X and marg. Ab

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   |    -βλήθη Mn


Or. 254.12 (thom gloss) ⟨μετέθου⟩: εἰσέπεσες  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu perhaps has cross before this.   |


Or. 254.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μετέθου⟩: καὶ μετετράπης  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 254.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨μετέθου⟩: ἔστι καὶ τὸ ἐναντίον μετέθετό τις λύσσαν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπέθετο.  —ZbZlGu

TRANSLATION:   There exists also the opposite sense (with the same verb), ‘someone let go of madness’, equivalent to ‘he put it off from himself’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZl       POSITION: intermarg. Gu

APP. CRIT.:   Zl partially illegible   |   τὸ] ὅτε Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.93,3–4

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu with cross.   |


Or. 254.15 (recMosch gloss) ⟨λύσσαν⟩: εἰς  —Aa3AbMnPrXaXbXoTYYfZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν add. Mn, τὴν λύσσαν add. Ab


Or. 254.16 (recThom gloss) ⟨λύσσαν⟩: μανίαν  —OZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 254.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λύσσαν⟩: καὶ εἰς τὴν μανίαν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 254.18 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨λύσσαν⟩: τὴν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 254.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄρτι σωφρονῶν⟩: δοκεῖ γὰρ φαντάζεσθαι αὐτάς.  —G

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   αὐτὰς must be the Erinyes (256); if the note is correctly placed here (and G is a rather carefully prepared copy), then its author is anticipating the following lines in an unusual way by using the pronoun.    |


Or. 254.20 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄρτι σωφρονῶν⟩: ἀρτίως ἔχων τὰς φρένας σώας  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 254.21 (thom gloss) ⟨ἄρτι⟩: πρὸ ὀλίγου  —ZZaZbZlZmGuAa3

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   προ ὀλίγον Zb

APP. CRIT. 2:   προολίγου ZZaZl and p.c. Zm   |


Or. 254.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄρτι⟩: ἀρτίως  —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 254.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄρτι⟩: καὶ πρώην  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 254.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄρτι⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ παράχρημα  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 254.25 (tri gloss) ⟨ἄρτι⟩: νῦν  —T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 254.26 (pllgn gloss) ἄρτια: καὶ ὑγιῆ  —CrOx

LEMMA: ἄρτια φρονῶν in text Cr, a.c. Ox       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 254.27 (rec gloss) ⟨σωφρονῶν⟩: σώας ἔχων τὰς φρένας  —OAbF2MnPrSSaY2Gu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Pr   |    ἔχων σῶας transp. Ab

APP. CRIT. 2:   σόας O, σῶας AbMnSaGu, a.c. S   |


Or. 254.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σωφρονῶν⟩: καὶ σῶα φρονῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 254.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σωφρονῶν⟩: φρονῶν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 255.01 (rec exeg) ὦ μῆτερ: δοκεῖ τὸ εἴδωλον τῆς μητρὸς παριστάμενον ὁρᾶν καὶ ἐπισεῖον κατ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς Ἐριννύας.  —VPrRw, partial Rfr

TRANSLATION:   He seems to see the specter of his mother standing near him and violently stirring the Erinyes against him.

LEMMA: V, ὦ μῆτερ ἱκετεύω σε Rw       REF. SYMBOL: V       POSITION: s.l. PrRfr; follows sch. 261.13 in Rw

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ] τι Pr   |    τῆς μητρὸς om. PrRfr   |    ὁρᾶν παριστ. transp. PrRfr   |    καὶ ἐπισεῖον κτλ om. Rfr   |    ἐπισείειν VRw   |    κατ’ om. Pr   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,11–12; Dind. II.93,22–94,1, II.94,1–2


Or. 255.02 (vet paraphr) ὦ μῆτερ, τὰς αἱματωποὺς καὶ δρακοντώδεις κόρας ἐπ’ ἐμοὶ μὴ ἐπίσειε, ἤγουν μὴ μετακίνει.  —M

TRANSLATION:   O mother, do not shake the bloody-eyed and snakelike maidens against me, that is to say, do not impel them.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   αἱματοποιοὺς M   |    first μὴ Schw., μαν M   |    ἐπίσει M, corr. Schw.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπεμοὶ M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,13–14


Or. 255.03 (pllgn exeg) ὦ μῆτερ, ἱκετεύω καὶ παρακαλῶ σε μὴ ἐπίσειέ μοι τὰς αἱματωποὺς καὶ δρακοντώδεις κόρας. ἐπισείειν λέγεται τις ὅταν μετὰ σεισμοῦ καὶ θορύβου καὶ βίας τι ἔρχεται.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Mother, I beseech and entreat you, do not shake threateningly at me the bloody-eyed and snakelike maidens. One is said to ‘shake at/against’ when something comes with shaking and noise and violence.

APP. CRIT.:   δρακοντώδεις κόρας om., add. in outer left margin of scholia block Y2


Or. 255.04 (pllgn exeg) ἐφαίνετο οὗν τὸ εἴδωλον τῆς μητρὸς ἐφιστάμενον καὶ διερεθίζον τὰς Ἐριννύας κατὰ τὸν Ὀρέστην, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο παρακαλεῖ τὴν μητέρα.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   So then, the image of his mother appeared, standing by and prodding the Erinyes against Orestes, and for this reason he invokes his mother.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.:   διερεθίζων V3


Or. 255.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ μῆτερ⟩: ἤγουν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν φησὶ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 255.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἱκετεύω⟩: παρακαλῶ  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 255.07 (rec gloss) ⟨μὴ ’πίσειέ⟩: μὴ ἐρέθιζε  —AaAbMnPrRSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ om. AaAb   |    ἡρέθιζε Mn   |    μοι add. Ab


Or. 255.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨μὴ ’πίσειέ⟩: μὴ ἐπίφερε  —VrecAaFKMnRSaZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ om. VrecAaFRZZaZm


Or. 255.09 (rec gloss) ⟨μὴ ’πίσειε⟩: μὴ ἐπικίνει  —VrecPrZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |    μὴ om. Vrec


Or. 255.10 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μὴ ’πίσειέ⟩: μὴ ἀπείλει  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ om. K

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.94,3


Or. 255.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴ ’πίσειέ⟩: ἀπειλητικῶς  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπηλ‑ Zb2


Or. 255.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨᾿πίσειέ⟩: εἰς φόβον πρόφερε  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 255.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨᾿πίσειέ⟩: πρόσφερε  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 255.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨᾿πίσειέ⟩: καὶ μετακίνει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 255.15 (rec gloss) ⟨’πίσειέ⟩: ταράξεις  —V1

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 255.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨’πίσειέ⟩: τάρασσε  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 255.17 (rec gloss) ⟨᾿πίσειέ⟩: ἐπιπέμψειε  —O

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Possibly an error for ἐπιπέμψεις, but it cannot be excluded that someone mistook ‑σειε in ’πίσειέ as an aorist optative ending.


Or. 255.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨᾿πίσειέ⟩: ἐπίβαλε  —P2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 255.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μοι⟩: κατ’ ἐμοῦ  —Cr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 256.01 (vet exeg) τὰς αἱματωπούς:  1τὰ συμβαίνοντα τοῖς πάσχουσί τι τοῖς προεστῶσι τοῦ πάθους θεοῖς ἀνατιθέασιν οἱ ποιηταί·  2οἷόν τι καὶ Ὅμηρός φησι περὶ τῶν Λιτῶν [Hom. Il. 9.503] ‘χωλαί τε ῥυσαί τε παραβλῶπές τ’ ὀφθαλμώ’, ἐκ τῶν ἀποβαινόντων παθῶν εἰδωλοποιήσας.  3καὶ τὸν Πλοῦτον τυφλὸν λέγουσιν, ὅτι ἀκρίτως ποιεῖ πλουσίους,  4καὶ τὸν Καιρὸν ὀπισθοφάλακρον, ὅτι τοῦ παρῳχημένου ἀδύνατον ἀντιλαβέσθαι·  5καὶ κωφὸν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Δημοσθένης [Dem. fr. incert. orat. 13.12 Baiter–Sauppe] φησὶν, ὅτι μετακαλούμενος οὐχ ὑπακούει.  6καὶ νῦν αἱματωποὺς εἶπε τὰς Ἐρινύας ὁ Εὐριπίδης ἐκ τοῦ τοὺς μαινομένους ὕφαιμον βλέπειν καὶ ταραχῶδες,  7ὡς Φοῖβος ὁ τοῦ φοιβᾶν τοὺς μάντεις, ὅ ἐστι μαίνεσθαι, αἴτιος καὶ [Eur. Phoen. 784] ‘πολύμοχθος Ἄρης’.   —MBVCPrRbRw

TRANSLATION:   The poets ascribe what happens to those who have a certain experience to the gods who are in charge of the experience. For instance, Homer says of the Litai ‘lame and wrinkled and with their eyes turned aside’, forming the image from the resulting experiences. And they say that Wealth is blind, because he makes people rich indiscriminately, and that Occasion is bald on the back of his head, because it is impossible to grasp that which (or the one who) has once passed by. And Demosthenes says that he (Occasion) is deaf too, because when summoned he pays no heed. And now Euripides has called the Erinyes bloody-eyed from the fact that those who are insane have bloodshot eyes and a disturbed gaze, just as Phoebus is the one responsible for the fact that prophets (‘manteis’) rave mantically (‘phoiban’), which is to say are out of their mind (‘mainesthai’), and (another example is) ‘Ares of many toils’.

LEMMA: all except ματωπούς Rw(rubr. did not add αἱ)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: follows sch. 257.02 in Rw

APP. CRIT.:   some parts illegible in M   |    1 τὰ om. Pr   |    τι Schw., τὰ MC, ταῦτα VRb, om. BPrRw   |    παρεστῶσι M   |    2 περὶ] ἐπὶ VRw   |    λιτῶν] αὐτῶν MBCPr   |    παραβ. τ’ ὀφθ. om. VRb   |    παραβλώπ’ ἐστοφθαλμῶν C [M obscure]   |    ὀφθαλμῶν MBCRw   |    ἐκ] καὶ Rb   |    ἀποβαινόντων] συμβαινόντων VRb   |    3–4 ὅτι φαλακρον ὅτι (ἀκρίτως … ὀπισθο om.) M   |    4 ἀδύνατον om. Pr   |    ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι MC, ἐπιλαβέσθαι V   |    5 δὲ om. VRb   |    μετὰ καλουμένου M   |    6 τὰς ἐρ. εἷπεν transp. BPr   |    ἐκ τοῦ] ἐκ Rb, ἐνδεῖ Pr   |    βλέπον Rb, βλέπειν transp. after ταραχῶδες BPr   |    7 ὡς] καὶ Rb   |    ὁ] ἐκ VRb   |    τοὺς μάντεις om. Pr   |    αἴτιον V, αἴτ() Rb   |    ὁ ἄρης VRbRw   |    at end add. καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα BPr

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πάσχουσιν MBRb   |    app. πόθους a.c. Pr   |    2 ὅμηρος φησὶ all (φησὶν Rw, φη() M)   |    ῥυσσαί Pr, p.c. B   |    ὀφθαλμῶ Pr   |    εἰδωλοποήσας Rb   |    3 λέγουσι M   |    6 εἶπεν M   |    ἐριννύας VPrRw, p.c. B (later hand)   |    7 ἐστὶν M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,15–25; Dind. II.93,9–19

COMMENT:  For Kairos being bald in back, compare Posidippus 142,7–10 Austin–Bastianini (Anth. Plan. 275) on Lysippus’s statue Kairos: —ἡ δὲ κόμη τί κατ’ ὄψιν; —ὑπαντιάσαντι λαβέσθαι, / νὴ Δία. —τἀξόπιθεν δ’ εἰς τί φαλακρὰ πέλει; / —τὸν γὰρ ἅπαξ πτηνοῖσι παραθρέξαντά με ποσσὶν / οὔτις ἔθ’ ἱμείρων δράξεται ἐξόπιθεν.   |    Demosth. fr. 12 in the edition of Baiter–Sauppe is from Tzetzes, who knew it from this scholion: Chil. 10.323, 282–3 [scil. χρόνον] καὶ Δημοσθένης δὲ κωφὸν καὶ φαλακρόν που λέγει, / ὡς τοῦτον ὄντως ἔγραψεν ὁ Λύσιππος ἐκεῖνος; cf. Chil. 8.200, 424–427 πανσόφως ἠγαλμάτωσε τοῦ χρόνου τὴν εἰκόνα, / πάντας ἐντεῦθεν νουθετῶν, χρόνον μὴ παρατρέχειν, / κωφόν, ὀπισθοφάλακρον, πτερόπουν ἐπὶ σφαίρας, / πρὸς τὸ κατόπιν μάχαιραν τινὶ διδόντα πλάσας.

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation); citation of literature other than Homer; Demosthenes


Or. 256.02 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩:  1αἱματωποὺς τὰς Ἐριννῦς λέγει, ὡς τοὺς μαινομένους ὕφαιμον ποιούσας βλέπειν καὶ ταραχῶδες.  2τὰ συμβαίνοντα γὰρ τοῖς πάσχουσι τοῖς προεστῶσι θεοῖς τοῦ πάθους ἀνατιθέασιν οἱ ποιηταὶ,  3οἷόν τι καὶ Ὅμηρος φησὶ [Hom. Il. 9.503] ‘χωλαί τε ῥυσσαί τε παραβλῶπες τ’ ὀφθαλμώ’, ἐκ τῶν ἀποβαινόντων παθῶν εἰδωλοποιήσας αὐτάς.  4οὕτω καὶ τὸν Πλοῦτον τυφλὸν λέγουσιν ὅτι ἀκρίτως ποιεῖ πλουσίους.  5καὶ τὸν Καιρὸν ὀπισθοφάλακρον ὅτι τοῦ παρωχημένου λαβέσθαι ἀμήχανον.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   He says the Erinyes are bloody-eyed because they make those who are insane have bloodshot eyes and a disturbed gaze. For poets ascribe what happens to those who have an experience to the gods who are in charge (of it). For example, Homer says (of the Litai) ‘lame and wrinkled and with their eyes turned aside’, forming the image of them from the resulting experiences. Thus they also say that Wealth is blind, because he makes people rich indiscriminately, and that Occasion is bald on the back of his head, because there is no way to grasp that which (or the one who) has once passed by.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

APP. CRIT.:   Zl very faint, partly lost to trimming   |    1 ποιοῦσαι ZZa, ποιήσας Zbac   |    ὀφθαλμῶ Zb, ὀφθαλμῶν ZZaZmTGu, ὀφθαλμοῖς Zl   |    παθῶν] κακῶν ZZa   |    4 οὕτω … λέγουσιν om. Zm   |    καὶ οὕτω καὶ Zb   |    τοὺς add. before πλουσίους Zb   |    5 τῶν παρωχημένων Z(παροχ‑)Za   |    τοῦ om. ZbZl   |    ἐπιλαβέσθαι ZbZm

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 φησὶν Zb   |    3 παραβλῶτες Zb   |    ἐκ ὧν Zb   |    εἰδολοπ‑ ZbGu   |    5 ὀπισθοφάρακλον ZZa   |    παρῳχημήνεου Zm   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.93,7–8 and 9–15 app.

COMMENT:   For the very tiny ων abbrev. used by Za in 3 ὀφθαλμῶν, compare the one s.l. at 252 κακῶν on the same page.


Or. 256.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: τὰ συμβαίνοντα τοῖς πάσχουσι ἔθος ἐστὶ τοῖς ποιηταῖς ἀνατιθέναι τοῖς προεστῶσι τοῦ πάθους θεοῖς.  —F

POSITION: marg.


Or. 256.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: Τισιφόνη Μέγαιρα καὶ Ἀληκτώ  —Aa

POSITION: in margin to right of 278–279 on 44r, at the level of 255–256 on the facing 43r

APP. CRIT. 2:   μαίγερα Aa

COLLATION NOTES:   With cross Aa.   |


Or. 256.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: καὶ τὰς ποιούσας τὰς κόρας αἱματηρὰς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὰς πλούσας app. Pr   |


Or. 256.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: τὰς αἱματώδεις ἐχούσας προσόψεις καὶ καταπληκτικὰς  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 256.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: τὰς αἷμα ἐχούσας ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l. (second instance above 257 Ox, crossed out)

APP. CRIT.:   τὰς ἐμὰς ἐχούσας αὐτὰς/ῶν(?) ὀφθαλμῶν Ox (both instances)

COLLATION NOTES:   In both instances in Ox the abbreviated ending on αὐτ looks like a conflation of ας and ῶν.   |


Or. 256.08 (rec exeg) ⟨αἱματωποὺς⟩: ἀλλοπαθὲς  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (The adjective is) causative in sense.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Whereas in grammatical texts from antiquity this term is applied to distinguish non-reflexive pronouns from reflexive (αὐτοπαθές), in medieval sources it also means ‘transitive’ in reference to verbs (Eust., Tzetzes, other sch.) and also ‘causative’ in reference to adjectives (not noted in the lexica): Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.150 ἀΐδηλον· ἀφανῆ. ἀΐδηλον· καὶ ἀφανείας ἐμποιητικὸν θάνατον, ἐστὶ δὲ τοῦτο ἀλλοπαθές, also Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.559 πικρός· ὁ πικροποιὸς, καὶ θανατηφόρος, ὁ ἰοβόλος· ἀλλοπαθὲς τὸ σχῆμα, ἐπειδὴ ἄλλως πικραίνει ὁ ὄφις. So here ‘causative’, that is, ‘making eyes bloody’ rather than ‘having bloody eyes’.


Or. 256.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: φονευτρίας  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 256.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: τὰς αἱματώδεις  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 256.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἱματωποὺς⟩: καὶ αἱματώδεις κατὰ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   αἱματώσεις Zu

COMMENT:   The alternative repair αἱματώσεις ⟨ἐχούσας⟩ is less likely, given the presence of αἱματώδεις in other glosses here and given that the usual meaning of αἱμάτωσις in Galen and others is ‘production of blood, changing into blood’ (but cf. Cyranides 3.45 ταύτης [scil. τῆς φάσσης] τὸ αἷμα θερμὸν ἐνσταζόμενον ὀφθαλμῶν αἱμάτωσιν ἰᾶται).


Or. 256.12 (rec exeg) ⟨αἱματώδους⟩: αἱματωποὺς  —Ab

LEMMA: αἱματώδους in text Ab       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 256.13 (rec exeg) ⟨δρακοντώδεις κόρας⟩: διὰ τὸ βλοσυρὸν λέγει αὐτὰς δρακοντώδεις.  —MnRSa

TRANSLATION:   He calls them snakelike because of their terrifying quality.

POSITION: s.l. MnSa, marg. R

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτὰς om. R   |    δρακοντώδεις om. Sa

APP. CRIT. 2:   βλοσσυρὸν MnSa   |


Or. 256.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δρακοντώδεις⟩: θηριώδεις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 256.15 (thom gloss) ⟨δρακοντώδεις⟩: ἀγρίας  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   The last letter is washed out in Z; autopsy did not confirm Günther’s report that Z has ἄγριαι.


Or. 256.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δρακοντώδεις⟩: διὰ τὸ ἄγριον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 256.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δρακοντώδεις⟩: δρακοντώδεις δὲ λέγει τὰς ἔχουσας δράκοντος ἤτοι ὄφεως ὀδόντας.  —ZbZlGu

TRANSLATION:   He calls snakelike those (maidens) who have the teeth of a snake, that is, of a serpent.

POSITION: app. cont. from prev. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.93,21–22

COMMENT:   A particularly poor etymology.   |

KEYWORDS:  etymology


Or. 256.18 (recMosch gloss) ⟨κόρας⟩: ἤγουν τὰς Ἐριννύας  —VAa2AbCrFMnPrRRfSaOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZaZbZlZmT*B3a

POSITION: s.l. (above τὰς αἱματωποὺς VAbMnSa); follows next in ZaZbZmT, T with punct. between

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. VAbFRYGGrZaZbZlZmB3a, ἤγουν τὰς om. RfZc


Or. 256.19 (thom gloss) ⟨κόρας⟩: τὰς παρθένους —ZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l. (precedes prev. except in Gu)

APP. CRIT.:   τὰς om. Za   |

COLLATION NOTES:   No trace survives in Z; if it was originally there, it has been completely washed out.   |


Or. 257.01 (vet exeg) ⟨αὗται γὰρ αὗται⟩: τὰς Ἐρινύας ἐνθουσιαστικῶς φαντάζεται ὁρᾶν. —MBOVCPrRb

TRANSLATION:   In the manner of one possessed he (Orestes) imagines that he sees the Erinyes.

POSITION: intermarg. M (beside 257), s.l. C (above 256 δρακοντώδεις κόρας); cont. from sch. 259.02 BPr, cont. from sch. 256.01 VRb; beside 255–256 O

APP. CRIT.:   ὅθεν καὶ οὗτος prep. B, αἱματωποὺς δὲ prep. VRb   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐνσιαστικὸς Rb   |    ἐριννύας VPr, ἐρινὺς MC   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,26; Dind. II.94,14


Or. 257.02 (vet exeg) αὗται γὰρ αὗται:  1ἐκ τοῦ ἀφανοῦς ὑπέθετο τὰς Ἐρινύας αὐτὸν διωκούσας, ἵνα τὴν δόξαν τοῦ μεμηνότος ἡμῖν παραστήσῃ·  2ὡς εἴγε παρήγαγεν αὐτὰς εἰς μέσον, ἐσωφρόνει ἂν Ὀρέστης τὰ αὐτὰ πᾶσιν ὁρῶν.  3ταῦτα δὲ νεώτερα·  4Ὅμηρος γὰρ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον εἶπε περὶ Ὀρέστου.   —MBVCPr, partial Rw

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) created/assumed the scenario of the Erinyes pursuing him without being visible, so that he could instill in us the impression of one who is insane. Since if he had actually brought them (visibly) on stage, Orestes would be of sound mind, seeing the same things as everyone. This (treatment of the story) is an innovation (i.e., post-Homeric). For Homer said nothing like this about Orestes.

LEMMA: MBVCRw, αὗται γὰρ Pr      REF. SYMBOL: BV

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔθετο MBCPr   |    αὐτὰς Rw   |    διακούσας B, διοικούσας MCRw   |    τοῦ μεμ.] αὐτοῦ μεν. Pr   |    2 ὡς … αὐτὰς om. V, leaving blank space; suppl. V1   |    εἴγε] ἤγαγε Rw   |    αὐτὰς] αὐτοῦ V1   |    ἂν om. MCRw   |    2–4 ὀρέστης κτλ om. Rw   |    2 τὰ αὐτὰ] ταῦτα V   |    3 ταῦτα] τὰ MVC   |    δὲ om. VPr   |    4 καὶ ὅμηρος (γὰρ om.) V   |    τοιοῦτον om. MC, transp. after ὀρέστου V

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννύας VPrRw (and as rewritten in B)   |    παραστήσει a.c. V   |    4 εἶπεν M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,1–5; Dind. II.94,4–8

KEYWORDS:  ὑπόθεσις (assumed scenario)


Or. 257.03 (pllgn exeg) ‘αὗται γὰρ αὗται’ φανταζόμενος ὁ Ὀρέστης λέγει. οἱ γὰρ δαιμονιζόμενοι φαντάζονται προσδοκῶντες βλέπειν τι.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Orestes says ‘for these, these’ because he has a vision of them. For those afflicted by the supernatural have visions, supposing that they see something.


Or. 257.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αὗται γὰρ αὗται⟩: αἱ Ἐριννύες  —AaZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Zl


Or. 257.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γὰρ⟩: διότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 257.06 (rec gloss) ⟨πλησίον⟩: καὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐμοῦ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 257.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πλησίον⟩: ἐγγύς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 257.08 (rec gloss) ⟨θρῴσκουσ’⟩: πηδῶσι  —V1/2MnP2SSaXo

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. P2S   |    πηδοῦσι V1/2


Or. 257.09 (thom gloss) ⟨θρώσκουσι⟩: κινοῦνται  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   κινοῦσι Zl


Or. 257.10 (thom gloss) ⟨θρώσκουσι⟩: ὁρμῶσι  —ZZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σιν Z


Or. 257.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θρώσκουσι⟩: καὶ ἀναστρέφονται  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 257.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μοι⟩: καὶ ἐμοῦ  —CrOx

LEMMA: μοι in text Cr (μου Ox)       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 258.01 (rec gloss) ⟨μέν’⟩: ἐπίμενε  —AbMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S


Or. 258.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέν’⟩: ἔχε  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 258.03 (thom gloss) ⟨μέν’⟩: κεῖσο  —ZZaZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu


Or. 258.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέν’⟩: ἔσο  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 258.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὦ ταλαίπωρ’⟩: ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 258.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταλαίπωρ’⟩: ἄθλιε  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὦ prep. Ox


Or. 258.07 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἀτρέμα(ς)⟩: ἡσύχως  —Aa2P2PrSaXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Aa2   |    ἥσυχον Sa


Or. 258.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀτρέμας⟩: καὶ ἥσυχος  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 258.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀτρέμας⟩: ἀτάραχος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 258.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀτρέμας⟩: ἐπίρρημα  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 258.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀτρέμας⟩: πῶς  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 258.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨σοῖς⟩: τοῖς  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 258.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεμνίοις⟩: τοῖς στρώμασι  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 258.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεμνίοις⟩: καὶ κοίταις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 258.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεμνίοις⟩: στρωμναῖς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 259.01 (vet exeg) ὁρᾷς γὰρ οὐδέν: τὰ γὰρ φαντασιώδη ἀνυπόστατα.  —MOVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   (She says that Orestes sees nothing) because the objects of mental representation are insubstantial.

LEMMA: Rb, ὧν δοκεῖς σαφ’ εἰδέναι VRw      REF. SYMBOL: VRb       POSITION: s.l. MCPrSSa, at level of 259 ORa

APP. CRIT. 2:   φαντασιώδ(εις) Rb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,6; Dind. II.94,11


Or. 259.02 (vet exeg) ὁρᾷς γὰρ οὐδέν:  1ὃ γὰρ τὸ τῶν σωφρονούντων ὄμμα διαφεύγειν συμβέβηκεν,  2τοῦτο κατὰ τὴν πλάνην τοῖς μαινομένοις ὁρᾶσθαι συμβέβηκεν.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For that which turns out to escape the sight of those of sound mind, this turns out to be seen by madmen during their frenzy.

LEMMA: MBCPr, ἄλλως VRw       REF. SYMBOL: B       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὃ] εἰ Rw   |    τὸ om. VCRw   |    ὄμμα] ἅπαντα VRw   |    διαφυγεῖν VRw   |    2 τοῦτο κτλ add. V1 in space left vacant by V   |    τὴν om. V1Rw   |    μαινομένοις] γινομένοις V1Rw   |    ὁρᾶσθαι om. MC; perhaps read ὁρᾶν

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 συμβέβηκε VRw   |    2 συμβέβηκε Rw   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,7–8; Dind. II.94,12–13

COMMENT:   τοῖς μαινομένοις ὁρᾶν συμβέβηκεν would be better syntax, and the omission in MC may indicate that ὁρᾶσθαι is a repair of a defective text.


Or. 259.03 (pllgn paraphr) ἀληθῶς οὐκ ἔστι τι ὧ⟨ν⟩ νομίζεις εἶναι.  —Y2

POSITION: marg.


Or. 259.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρᾷς⟩: καὶ βλέπεις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 259.05 (rec gram) ⟨ὁρᾷς⟩: ὁρῶ σωματικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ νοῶ, νοῶ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁρῶ.  —K

POSITION: marg. (beside 263, two lines lower in columnn than 259)

COMMENT:   This appears to be a general comment on the Homeric/archaic sense of νοέω. LSJ s.v. νοέω quotes Aristot. de anima 427a26–27 πάντες γὰρ οὗτοι [scil. οἱ ἀρχαῖοι] τὸ νοεῖν σωματικὸν ὥσπερ τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι ὑπολαμβάνουσιν. ‘Seeing in physical reality’ is not applicable to the usage in this passage.


Or. 259.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐδὲν⟩: οὐδαμῶς  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 259.07 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: ἀφ’  —Aa3MnPrSOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ὧν add. PrOxYZuB3a


Or. 259.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὧν⟩: ἐξ ὧν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 259.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοκεῖς⟩: ὑπολαμβάνεις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr


Or. 259.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοκεῖς⟩: φαίνῃ βλέπειν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 259.11 (rec gloss) ⟨σάφ’⟩: ἀληθῶς  —AbFMnRSSaZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. FS


Or. 259.12 (rec gloss) ⟨σάφ’⟩: φανερῶς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 259.13 (mosch exeg) ⟨σάφ’⟩: σάφα ποιητικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ σαφῶς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Sapha’ (is used) poetically as equivalent to ‘saphōs’ (‘clearly, reliably’).

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   σάφα om. Xo, σάφα ποιητ. om. Aa2

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.94,18


Or. 259.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σάφ’⟩: σαφῶς· τὸ σάφα ποιητικόν.  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 259.15 (thom gloss) ⟨σάφ’⟩: σαφῶς  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTZcAa3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 259.16 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰδέναι⟩: ἰδεῖν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 259.17 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰδέναι⟩: ὁρᾶν  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 259.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰδέναι⟩: γινώσκειν  —CrOxZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 259.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰδέναι⟩: γνῶναι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 259.20 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰδέναι⟩: βλέπειν εἰπεῖν ἔμελλεν, ὅτι δὲ ὃ βλέπει τις γινώσκει, οὕτως ἐξήνεγκεν.  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:   He was going to say ‘to see’ (‘blepein’), but because one recognizes/knows that which one sees, he expressed it this way (scil. with ‘to know’, ‘eidenai’).

REF. SYMBOL: Gu (note displaced from position over lemma)       POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.94,19–20


Or. 260.01 (rec gloss) ⟨Φοῖβ’⟩: Ἀπόλλων  —CrROx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὦ prep. CrOx


Or. 260.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Φοῖβ’⟩: Ἄπολλον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 260.03 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀποκτενοῦσι⟩: φονεύσουσι  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGuOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. ZuOx   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εύουσι ZOx   |


Or. 260.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἱ κυνώπιδες⟩: αἱ ἀναίσχυντοι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 260.05 (rec exeg) ⟨αἱ κυνώπιδες⟩: αἱ ἀναίσχυντοι ἢ αἱ ποιοῦσαι τοὺς νοσοῦντας ἔχειν κυνὸς ὀφθαλμοὺς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 260.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κυνώπιδες⟩: αἱ ἔχουσαι ὦπας κυνῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 260.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἱ κυνώπιδες⟩: αἱ κυνόφθαλμοι  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr


Or. 260.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨αἱ κυνώπιδες⟩: αἱ ἄγριαι  —Aa2AbMnSSaXXaXbXoT+YYfG

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄγραι a.c. Mn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,4


Or. 260.09 (thom gloss) ⟨αἱ κυνώπιδες⟩: ἤγουν αἱ ἀναιδεῖς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuA2B3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. GuA2B3aZl   |    αἱ om. ZbTGuA2B3a   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,4


Or. 261.01 (rec gloss) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: Ἐρινύες  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   αἱ prep. S   |    undeciphered wd add. Ab (looks like βάρθηλ..)

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐρινν‑ AbMn   |


Or. 261.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: αἱ ἔχουσαι γοργοὺς τὰς ὦπας  —AaMnRSSaZu

POSITION: s.l., except marg. R

APP. CRIT.:   ὦπας φοργοὺς (om. τὰς) Zu


Or. 261.03 (rec gloss) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: γοργόφθαλμοι  —AbPr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 261.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: γορφῶπις ὁ γοργόφθαλμος  —B4

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.:   From Suda γ 398; cf. ps.-Zonaras 447, 34 s.v. γοργωπός


Or. 261.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: γοργώπιδες  —X2XaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   γοργόπ‑ Zc   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,5


Or. 261.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: αἱ γοργονοπρόσωποι  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 261.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: ὦπας καταπληκτικοὺς ἔχουσαι  —R

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   -πληκτηκοὺς R   |


Or. 261.08 (rec gloss) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: αἱ καταπληκτικαὶ  —VrecCrPrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    αἱ om. Vrec


Or. 261.09 (thom paraphr) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: καταπληκτικαὶ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ὡς αἱ γοργόνες add. ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,5–6


Or. 261.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: καταπληκτικὰ ἔχουσαι ὄμματα  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,6


Or. 261.11 (rec artGloss) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: αἱ  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 261.12 (vet exeg) ἱέρειαι δειναὶ θεαί: τὸ ἱέριαι προπαροξύνουσιν ὡς τὸ τιμώριαι καὶ αἴτιαι  —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   They accent ‘hiériai’ on the antepenult just like ‘timṓriai’ and ‘aítiai’.

LEMMA: MC, ἱέρειαι Rw      POSITION: follows 257.01 B, add. δὲ; follows 256.01 Rw

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἱέριαι om. Rw   |    τὸ δὲ BPr   |    ἱέριαι B, ἱέραι C, ἱέρειαι M, ἱέρεια Pr   |    προπαροξύ() B, παροξύτονον Pr   |    ὡς τὸ τιμώριαι καὶ om. Pr, τὸ τιμώριαι om. B   |    second τὸ] om. M, αἱ a.c. Rw   |    τιμώριαι Rw, τιμωρίαι MC   |    at end add. καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα BPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,9–10; Dind. II.94,15

COMMENT:   On the claim about such accents, see Chandler, Greek Accentuation §214; Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:1.403, 16–23 ἐπὶ γὰρ τοῦ μονογενοῦς ἡμέρα ἡμέραι παροξυτόνως· οἱ μέντοι Ἀθηναῖοι ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς λέξεως, καὶ μάλιστα οἱ νεώτεροι, προπαροξύνουσιν· πέντε γὰρ ἥμεραι καὶ δέκα ἥμεραι φασὶ προπαροξυτόνως, ὡς ἀπαγγέλλουσιν οἱ περὶ Ἀττικῆς συνηθείας γράψαντες· οὐ μόνον δὲ ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς λέξεως τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν, λέγω δὴ προπαροξύνουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν παραληγομένων τῷ ι, οἷον εὐπράξιαι τιμώριαι αἴτιαι τραγῴδιαι ὁμίλιαι κωμῴδιαι· οὕτω γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν μονογενῶν προπαροξυτόνως λέγουσιν οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι. Cf. briefly ps.-Arcadius de accent., pp. 288–289 Roussou αἱ εἰς ΑΙ εὐθεῖαι παρεσχηματισμέναι ἀρσενικοῖς ὁμοτονοῦσι ταῖς εὐθείαις τῶν ἰδίων ἀρσενικῶν· τύπτοντες τύπτουσαι, χαρίεντες χαρίεσσαι, ταχέες ταχεῖαι (εἰ καὶ μὴ τὸν αὐτὸν τόνον), ἐναντίοι ἐναντίαι, Βυζάντιοι Βυζάντιαι, ἥμεροι ἥμεραι (τὸ τριγενές, ἡμέραι δὲ τὸ μονογενές). οἱ δὲ Ἀθηναῖοι προπαροξύνουσί τινα μονογενῆ· ἥμεραι εὐπράξιαι τιμώριαι αἴτιαι. Herodian seems to be the source of this doctrine, if by ‘later Attic’ he meant classical Attic as opposed to Homeric ‘Attic’: Sch. A Il. 2.339b, συνθεσίαι τε: οὕτως συνθεσίαι τε ὡς θυσίαι τε. ὅσοι δὲ προπαροξύνουσι, πταίουσι· τῆς γὰρ μεταγενεστέρας Ἀτθίδος ἡ τοιάδε ἀνάγνωσις (Gram.Gr. 3:2.34, 3–4); Sch. A Il. 5.54 οὕτως ἑκηβολίαι ὡς εὐστοχίαι· ἔφαμεν γὰρ ὅτι τὸ ἀναδιδόναι τὸν τόνον τῶν μεταγενεστέρων ἐστὶν Ἀττικῶν, ὅτε περὶ τοῦ ‘πῇ δὴ συνθεσίαι’ διελαμβάνομεν (Gram.Gr. 3:2.47, 37–39). See further Probert 2004: 66 n. 30; Probert 2006. [The passage in de prosod. cath. Gram.Gr. 3:1.423,5–11 is cobbled together by Lentz and need not be taken into account.] See also 425.03.


Or. 261.13 (rec exeg) ἐνέρων ἱέρειαι:  1ἱερείας αὐτὰς καλεῖ παρόσον ἐξυπηρετοῦνται αὐτοῖς·  2ἀποστέλλουσι γὰρ αὐτοῖς τὰς ψυχάς.   —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   He calls them priestesses (of those below) inasmuch as they serve them (the gods of the underworld). For they send the souls to them.

LEMMA: V       REF. SYMBOL: VRb       POSITION: marg. S; cont. from prev. MBCRw, add. δὲ; cont. from prev. add. γὰρ Pr

APP. CRIT.:   ἐξυπηρετεῖται MnRaRbSSa   |    αὐτοῖς] αὐτ()῀ V, αὐταῖς MnRaRbSSa   |    ἀποστέλλουσι γὰρ αὐτοῖς om. MnSSa   |    τύχας VRaRbMnS, τρίχας Sa

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἱέρειας S, ἱρείας Mn, ἱερεῖα Pr   |    παρ’ ὅσον MnRbS   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,11–12; Dind. II.94,16–17


Or. 261.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐνέρων ἱέρειαι⟩: παρ’ ὅσον ὑπηρετοῦσιν αὐτοῖς —O

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτῶ O


Or. 261.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐνέρων ἱέρειαι⟩: δίκην γὰρ ὑπουργῶν βοηθοῦσι τοῖς φονευθεῖσι τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς.  —G

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   For δίκην ὑπουργῶν, ‘help to afford or execute justice’, see Gennadius Scholarius, Refutatio erroris Iud. 286,25–26 οὗτοι τοῖς πρότερον μὲν γνησίοις υἱοῖς, τότε δὲ ἀλλοτριωθεῖσι, τὴν θείαν ὑπούργουν δίκην; contrast sch. Yf2 Hec. 843 ἀγαθοῦ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς ὑπάρχει τὸ ὑπουργεῖν καὶ τὸ ὑπηρετεῖν τῇ δίκῃ, ἤγουν τὸ πράττειν τὰ δίκαια.


Or. 261.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐνέρων⟩: καταχθονίων  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 261.17 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐνέρων⟩: νεκρῶν  —VAaAbCrFGKMnRRfSSaOxZZaZuTXoYf2B3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῶν prep. CrSaOxZuYf2, τῶν prep. VKS


Or. 261.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐνέρων⟩: νεκρῶν τῶν ἀδίκως φονευθέντων  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   φονευθέντων] θνησκόντων Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,6–7


Or. 261.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐνέρων⟩: ἤγουν τῶν κάτω θεῶν  —L2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 261.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: δουλεύτριαι  —V3AaAbCrL2MnRSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   αἱ prep. AaL2S, καὶ prep. CrOx, καὶ αἱ prep. V3


Or. 261.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: αἱ τιμωροῦσαι τοὺς φόνους τῶν νεκρῶν  —MnR

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 261.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: σφάκτριαι, ὡς ὁ τῶν θυμάτων ἱερεύς  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 261.23 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: φονεύτριαι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

REF. SYMBOL: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,12


Or. 261.24 (thom gloss) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ὡς θανατοῦσαι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,12


Or. 261.25 (rec gloss) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ὑπηρέτιδες  —FPrG

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 261.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ὑπηρέτριαι  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 261.27 (rec gloss) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ὑπουργοὶ τῶν θ[εῶν]  —Rw

POSITION: marg.


Or. 261.28 (thom gloss) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ὑπουργοὶ  —ZmZuGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   -γαὶ Gu; uncertain whether ‑οὶ or ‑αὶ Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,12


Or. 261.29 (rec gram) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ὑπουργῶ γενικῇ, ὡς τὸ ὑπουργήσασά σου τὸ σῶμα.  —Pr

POSITION: marg. (top margin of folio)

COMMENT:   This teacher’s note reflects knowledge of the use of ὑπουργός as gloss here, although Pr itself does not have that word.


Or. 261.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ἱερεῖαι ἐλέγοντο αἱ τοῖς θεοῖς ἀνακείμεναι γυναῖκες  —Zb2

REF. SYMBOL: Zb2


Or. 261.31 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: αἴτιαι  —B4

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   The intended meaning is ‘the accent is like that of aítiai’.


Or. 261.32 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον:  1ἱερίαι γράφε Ἰωνικῶς, ἵν’ ἔχῃ πρὸς τὸ μέτρον ὀρθῶς.  2τὰ γὰρ διὰ τοῦ εια ταῦτα προπαροξύτονα Ἰωνικῶς οἱ ποιηταὶ παροξύτονα ποιοῦντες διὰ τοῦ ι γράφουσιν,  3τὸ αὐθάδεια αὐθαδία λέγοντες καὶ τὸ εὐσέβεια εὐσεβία καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, ὃ καὶ ἐξετάζων εὑρήσεις.   —T

TRANSLATION:   Write ‘hieríai’ in the Ionic manner, so that the reading may be correct with respect to the meter. For these words with accent on the antepenult ending in ‑eia the poets in the Ionic manner accent on the penult and spell with iota (that is, ending ‑ia in place of ‑eia); thus the poets say ‘authadía’ for ‘authádeia’ and ‘eusebía’ for ‘eusébeia’ and the like, which you will indeed discover by examination.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔχη Ta, ἔχει T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,8–12; de Fav. 50

COMMENT:   Triclinius probably knew of the spelling with iota in place of epsilon-iota from sch. 261.12 (or from O, where it is in the text), but the decision to make the word paroxytone instead of proparoxytone appears to be his own.

KEYWORDS:  Triclinius, emendation by


Or. 261.33 (mosch gloss) ⟨δειναὶ⟩: φοβεραί  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Xo


Or. 261.34 (thom gloss) ⟨δειναὶ⟩: καταπληκτικαὶ  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 261.35 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεαί⟩: ἤγουν αἱ Ἐριννύες  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 262.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οὔτοι μεθήσω⟩: παρεπιγραφή  —Rw

TRANSLATION:   Implicit stage direction.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  παρεπιγραφή


Or. 262.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὔτοι⟩: οὐδαμῶς  —CrOxZb2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr


Or. 262.03 (pllgn gram) ⟨οὔτοι⟩: σοι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   If this is not a corruption of σε (meant for μεθήσω), then it is a teacher’s note to remind one about the equivalence in some places (not here) of τοι and σοι.


Or. 262.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μεθήσω⟩: καταλείψω  —V3AbCrMnRSOx

POSITION: s.l. (repeated over ἐμπλέξασ’ Ox)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    σε add. S   |


Or. 262.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨μεθήσω⟩: ἀφήσω  —XXaXbXoT*YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,13


Or. 262.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μεθήσω⟩: ἀφήσω σέ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   οὐδαμῶς prep. Zb   |    σε om. Za   |


Or. 262.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεθήσω⟩: ἐάσω  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 262.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μεθήσω⟩: σε  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 262.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨χεῖρ’⟩: τὴν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 262.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμπλέξασ’⟩: γυρώσασα  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 262.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμπλέξασ’⟩: ἐμβαλοῦσα  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,13


Or. 262.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμπλέξασ’⟩: συμβαλοῦσα  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 262.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμπλέξασ’⟩: καὶ περιβαλοῦσα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   -βαλλ‑ Ox


Or. 262.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμπλέξασ’⟩: περιπλέξασα  —ZlZu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 262.15 (tri metr) ⟨ἐμπλέξασ’⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 262.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἐμὴν⟩: τὴν  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 263.01 (rec gloss) ⟨σχήσω⟩: κρατήσω  —V3FPrRfrSaZlZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F   |    σε add. Sa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,15


Or. 263.02 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨σχήσω⟩: κωλύσω  —AbCrMnRSOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2ZcZZaZbZlZmT

POSITION: s.l. except X; twice in T

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   |    σε add. MnRSZZb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,14


Or. 263.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨σχήσω⟩: ἐπισχήσω  —XXaXbTYGGr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 263.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨σχήσω⟩: ἐφέξω  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,14


Or. 263.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πηδᾶν⟩: σκιρτᾶν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 263.06 (rec gloss) ⟨πηδᾶν⟩: εἰς τὸ μὴ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 263.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πηδᾶν⟩: μὴ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 263.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πηδᾶν⟩: τῷ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   read τοῦ?


Or. 263.09 (rec gloss) ⟨πηδᾶν⟩: ὥστε  —AaCrPrOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 263.10 (rec gloss) ⟨δυστυχῆ⟩: εἰς τὰ  —AbRSSa, app. Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 263.11 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨δυστυχῆ⟩: τὰ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 264.01 (vet exeg) μέθες μί’ οὖσα:  1μία οὖσα τῶν κατ’ ἐμοῦ Ἐρινύων ἀπόστα.  2Ἐρινύων δὲ τῶν μανιῶν, ἵν’ ᾖ ἄνες με τῆς μανίας ἀναχωρήσασά μου.   —MBVCMnPraRaRbRwSSa, partial Prb

TRANSLATION:   Being one of the Erinyes afflicting me, get away (from me). By ‘of Erinyes’ (he means) ‘of the madnesses’, so that the sense is ‘release me from madness by withdrawing to a distance from me’.

LEMMA: BVCS, μέθες PraRb, also Rw (punct. as if 1 μί’ … ἐριννύων is also part of lemma), μί’ οὖσα M       REF. SYMBOL: BVRb       POSITION: s.l. Prb

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ σὺ prep. VPrbRaRb, μέθες καὶ σὺ prep. SSa, σὺ μέθες καὶ σὺ prep. Mn   |    κατ’ ἐμοῦ BVPra, κατ’ ἐμὲ MC, ἐμῶν MnRaRbRwSSa, om. Prb   |    ἀπόστα MCPrb, ἀπόστηθι others   |    2 ἐρινύων δὲ κτλ om. Prb   |    ἐριν. δὲ] τινὲς δὲ ἐριν. VMnRaRbSa, τινὲς δὲ τῶν ἐριν. Rw, τινὲς ἐριν. S, om. Prb   |    μηνιῶν C   |    ἵν’ ᾖ] ἴν καῖς Rb, om. Pra   |    ἄφες Pra   |    με] μοι RwSa, om. Pra   |    ἀναχωρίσασαί M

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννύων VMnPraPrbRwSa   |    2 ἐριννύων VMnPraRwSa   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,13–15; Dind. II.95,18–20


Or. 264.02 (rec gloss) ⟨μέθες⟩: ἀπόστα  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 264.03 (rec gloss) ⟨μέθες⟩: ἤγουν ἐμὲ  —AaAbMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. AaAbR   |    με R


Or. 264.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨μέθες⟩: ἔασον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZl

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   transp. G


Or. 264.05 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨μέθες⟩: ἄφες  —Aa2AbCrF2RSaOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZZaZb2Zl

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from prev. gloss in Mosch. witnesses (inverse order in G)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 264.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μί’ οὖσα⟩: Ἠλέκτρα  —O

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἡλέκτρα O   |


Or. 264.07 (rec exeg) ⟨μ’ ἰοῦσα⟩: γρ. μέθες μι’ οὖσα  —MnRaSar

LEMMA: μ’ ἰοῦσα in text R, μί’ οὖσα in text Mn(μι’)Sa       POSITION: prep. to 264.01 MnSa

COMMENT:   In Sa this looks like part of the lemma to 264.01, but it is a peculiarity of Sa that sometimes the rubricator had to supply more than just the lemma in the space left during the copying done with normal dark ink.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 264.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨μί’⟩: μία  —AbFRZZaZbZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ prep. Zb, καὶ prep. F

COLLATION NOTES:   Almost all washed out in T, unless the gloss has been incompletely erased; Ta has the word.   |


Or. 264.09 (rec gloss) ⟨μ’⟩: ἤγουν ἐμέ  —Ra

LEMMA: μ’ ἰοῦσα in text R


Or. 264.10 (rec gloss) ⟨οὖσα⟩: σὺ  —AaMnSaZl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 264.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὖσα⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχουσα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 264.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῶν ἐμῶν Ἐριννύων⟩: αἵτινες κινοῦσιν ἐμὲ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 264.13 (mosch gloss) ⟨τῶν⟩: ἀπὸ  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν add. Y


Or. 264.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἐριννύων⟩: μανιῶν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 265.01 (rec exeg) ⟨μέσον μ’ ὀχμάζεις⟩:  1συνέχεις ἐπαίρεις.  2ἴδιον δὲ τῶν μαινομένων τὸ τοὺς κηδομένους ἀποσείεσθαι καὶ δοκεῖν βλάπτεσθαι μᾶλλον.   —MBOVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   You embrace, you lift up. It is distinctive of those out of their mind that they shake off those who try to tend to them and imagine rather that they are being harmed.

LEMMA: MCMn(ὀσχάζεις)RbSSa, ὀχμάζεις VPrRw       REF. SYMBOL: VRaRb       POSITION: cont. from 264.01 B

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὀχμάζεις δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. B, ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Pr   |    συν. ἐπαίρεις om. O   |    καὶ ἐπαίρεις B, ἢ ἐπαίρεις VMnRaRbRwSSa   |    2 ἴδιον] ἰδία V[Ra]   |    δὲ om. OPr   |    τῶν μαιν. τὸ τοῦς κηδ.] τοὺς κηδομένους τῶν μαινομένων VRw   |    κηδομένους] κηδεμόνους M, μὴ μαινομένους Pr   |    δοκεῖ MnSa   |    μᾶλλον βλάπτεσθαι transp. VRw   |    at end add. παρ’ αὐτῶν BPr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,16–18; Dind. II.95,21–23

COMMENT:   M’s reading may point to κηδεμόνας, but κηδομένους is somewhat more likely to have been used in scholiastic language.


Or. 265.02 (rec gloss) ⟨μέσον⟩: διὰ μέσου  —R

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου


Or. 265.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέσον⟩: καὶ μέσως  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 265.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέσον⟩: κατὰ τὸ  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 265.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὀχμάζεις ἵνα βάλῃς⟩: συνέχεις με, κινεῖς με, ὡς βάλῃς με εἰς Τάρταρον.  —V

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς μὲ transp. V


Or. 265.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: συνέχεις  —OA2Aa2CrMnPrSSaOxZZaZbZmTGuY2B3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,23


Or. 265.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: κρατεῖς  —AaAbFMnRRfSSaGuZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. FSZu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,23


Or. 265.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: κουφίζεις  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT. 2:   κουφίζης X   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,23


Or. 265.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: βαστάζεις  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 265.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: κινεῖς κατακόπτεις  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 265.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: ἐπαίρεις  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,24


Or. 265.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: συντρίβεις  —Ox2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   συντρίβης Ox2   |


Or. 265.13 (tri metr) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: koine short over omicron  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 265.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅπως  —AaAbMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S


Or. 265.15 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ἵνα  —FPrSaXaXbXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZmZuTOx2

POSITION: s.l. except Xa(cont. from 265.08)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu


Or. 265.16 (recMosch gloss) ⟨βάλῃς⟩: ῥίψῃς  —Aa2KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZb2

POSITION: s.l. except X(cont. from 265.15)


Or. 265.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰς Τάρταρον⟩: εἰς μέσον τοῦ Ταρτάρου  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 265.18 (thom gloss) ⟨εἰς Τάρταρον⟩: εἰς ἀπώλειαν  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς om. Gu


Or. 265.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰς Τάρταρον⟩: ἤγουν εἰς τὸν ᾍδην  —F2Y2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν εἰς om. F2


Or. 266.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἴ⟩: φεῦ  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 266.02 (tri metr) ⟨οἴ⟩: koine short above  —T


Or. 266.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ἡ ἀθλία  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr


Or. 266.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ἐγὼ  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 266.05 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 266.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τίν’ ἐπικουρίαν λάβω⟩: τὸ ἀπορηματικὸν ὑποτάσσει.  —K

TRANSLATION:   He subordinates (in the subjunctive) the expression of doubt. (or: The expression of doubt entails the subjunctive.)

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 266.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίν’⟩: ὁποῖα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 266.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐπικουρίαν⟩: βοήθειαν  —V1CrF2RfrOxZZaZbTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.96,3


Or. 266.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπικουρίαν⟩: παρηγορίαν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 267.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπεὶ⟩: ἀφοῦ  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 267.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨τὸ θεῖον⟩: τοὺς θεοὺς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Xo, app. blotted out; ἤγουν prep. Aa2

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.96,4

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta misplaces the cross, adding it to the Thoman gloss 267.03 instead.   |


Or. 267.03 (thom gloss) ⟨τὸ θεῖον⟩: ἤγουν τὰς Ἐριννύας  —ZZaZbZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Gu   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   τῆς ἐρριννύας Ox2   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.96,4


Or. 267.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ θεῖον⟩: ἢ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ἢ τὰς Ἐριννύας  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 267.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ θεῖον⟩: πραγματικῶς, τουτέστιν ὁ θεός  —K

TRANSLATION:   (The term is used) in a manner to express actual fact, that is, the god.

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 267.06 (rec gloss) ⟨δυσμενὲς⟩: ὀργιζόμενον  —Ab or Ab2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   gloss damaged or erased   |


Or. 267.07 (recMosch gloss) ⟨δυσμενὲς⟩: ἐχθρὸν  —SSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    ἐχθροὺς G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.96,4–5


Or. 267.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυσμενὲς⟩: πολέμιον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 267.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυσμενὲς⟩: καὶ ἐναντίον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 267.10 (rec gloss) ⟨κεκτήμεθα⟩: ἔχομεν  —F2SZb2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S


Or. 268.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δὸς τόξα μοι⟩: τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν ὡς τῶν Ἐρινύων ἐψαυκυιῶν αὐτοῦ.  —MBOVCMnRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   He said this as if the Erinyes had touched him.

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. BC; cont. from 268.07 VMnRbRwSSa

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν] VRw, τὸ δὲ εἶπεν MnRbSSa, om. MBOC   |    τῶν] τὸ S

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐριννύων OMnRw, ἐρινίων Rb   |    ἐψαυκύων MRbSa, ἐψαυκυίων S, ἐψαυκίων Mn, ἔψαν κύων C [only ἐψαυκ now readable in Rw (water damage)]   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,19


Or. 268.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δὸς τόξα μοι⟩: μαινόμενος λέγει ταῦτα.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 268.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨τόξα⟩: τὰ  —AbF2MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 268.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μοι⟩: μου  —RSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 268.05 (rec exeg) ⟨μου⟩: γρ. μοὶ  —AbS

LEMMA: μου in text AbS       POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 268.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μοι⟩: τίνι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 268.07 (vet exeg) κερουλκά:  1διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἕλκοντα τὴν νευρὰν ἢ τὸ βέλος, ὡς τὸ κεραελκὴς ταῦρος.  2ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἐκ κεράτων εἶναι καὶ ἕλκεσθαι.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSaZu

TRANSLATION:   Drawing by means of the horns the bow-string or the arrow, as used in the phrase ‘bull drawing (a plow or cart) by the horns’; or derived from being made of horn and being drawn.

LEMMA: MBVCPrRw, δὸς τόξα μοι κερουλκὰ MnRbSSa (‑λκᾶ S, κελεουρκὰ Mn),      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: s.l. Zu

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὰ prep. MnPrRbSSaZu, τὰ τῶν prep. Ra   |    διὰ τῶν om. B   |    after κεράτων add. τὰ διὰ τῶν S   |    ἔχοντα Rb, ἑλκόντων Rw   |    ἢ] ἤτοι VRbRw, ἤγουν MnS   |    τὰ βέλη PrZu   |    ὡς τὸ κερ. ταῦρος om. Zu   |    ὡς τὸ] ἢ M, ὡς BCPr   |    κεραελκὴς V, κεραελκεῖς BPr, κεραλκῆς M, κεραλκὴς CRw, κεραλκ() Rb, κερουλκὸς MnSSa   |    ταύρους BPr   |    2 ἐκ] εἰς M   |    καὶ om. MnRw   |    at end add. τοῦ ὀρέστου MnRbSSa (i.e. ⟨ὑπὸ⟩ τοῦ ὀρέστου?)

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἔλκοντα MRa   |    2 ἔλκεσθαι M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,20–22; Dind. II.96,11–14

COMMENT:   For κεραελκής with ταῦρος, cf. Call. hymn. Dian. 179 and schol. διὰ τὸ τοῖς κέρασιν ἕλκειν τὸ ἄροτρον; Oppian. Cyneg. 2.103, in a long series of epithets of οἱ Σύριοι ταῦροι (100). There are types of yoke that are secured to the horns (rather than with an oxbow around the neck).   |    For the different senses found in various scholia here, compare Nonnus’ uses of κεραελκής, usually just ‘having horns’, but once ‘dragged by the horns’ (ἐξ ἐλάφων κεραελκέα δίφρον, Dionys. 11.344), and once as here in Or. κεραελκέα τόξα (Dionys. 20.225, although Peek, Lexikon zu den Dionysiaka des Nonnos s.v. gives ‘made of horn’). See also E. Fernandez-Galiano, Lexico de los Himnos de Calimaco, 352–353 s.v. κεραελκής.   |


Or. 268.08 (vet exeg) 1Στησιχόρῳ [Stesichorus fr. 181a–b Finglass–Davies, PMG 217] ἑπόμενος τόξα φησὶν αὐτὸν εἰληφέναι παρὰ Ἀπόλλωνος.  2ἔδει οὖν τὸν ὑποκριτὴν τόξα λαβόντα τοξεύειν.  3οἱ δὲ νῦν ὑποκρινόμενοι τὸν ἥρωα αἰτοῦσι μὲν τὰ τόξα, μὴ δεχόμενοι δὲ σχηματίζονται τοξεύειν.  4εἰ δὲ καὶ μαινόμενος ἐπ’ ἐνίων ὑγιαίνει, μὴ θαυμάσωμεν.  5ἡ γὰρ νόσος ποικίλη τῶν μεμηνότων, ὡς κἀν ταῖς Τρῳάσιν ἡ Κασάνδρα [Eur. Tro. 367]·  6‘τοσόνδε δ’ ἐκτὸς στήσομαι βακχευμάτων’.   —MBC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   Following Stesichorus, he (Euripides) says that he (Orestes) has received a bow and arrow from Apollo. So then, the actor should take a (real) bow and (actually) shoot. But those who nowadays enact the part of the hero ask for the bow and arrow, but not receiving it they make the gestures of shooting. And if even in his madness Orestes is sensible in some matters, let us not be surprised. For the sickness of those who have gone mad is complex, as also (seen when) in Troades Cassandra (says) ‘but to this extent I will stand outside of my ravings’.

POSITION: cont. from prev. all (B add. δὲ)

APP. CRIT.:   1 στησίχορος MC   |    τόξον Pr   |    παρὰ om. MC   |    ἀπόλλων M   |    2 τόξα om. MC   |    3–5 οἱ δὲ νῦν … μεμηνότων om. Pr (same passage incomplete in B, with several blank spaces)   |    3 at beg. ὁ δὲ νοῦς + blank space (sufficient for οἱ δὲ νῦν ὑποκρι) + νόμενοι B   |    τὰ] τὸ B, then τόξον μὴ om. B (blank space)   |    μὴ ἐχόμενοι MC   |    ται τοξεύειν om. B (blank space)   |    4 ἀπ’] ὑπ’ MBC   |    ἐνίων ὑγίαιν om. B (blank space)   |    5 ὠς κἀν] οὐκ ἂν Pr   |    νόσος ποικίλη om. B (blank space)   |    6 τοσόνδ’ ἐκτὸς Pr

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐπόμενος M   |    3 εχόμενοι M   |    4 ὑπἐνιων M, ὐπενίων C   |    5 κασσάνδρα B   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,1–6; Dind. II.96,14–20

COMMENT:   Cf. the papyrus commentary on lyric poets (= Stes. fr. 181a Finglass–Davies), giving examples of tragic poets’ indebtedness to Stesichorus, which offers (after the example of the recognition in Aesch. Choe.): (lines 14–21, omitting minor restorations) Εὐριπίδης δὲ τὸ τόξον τὸ Ὀρέστου ὅτι ἐστὶν δεδομένον αὐτῷ δῶρον παρὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος· παρ’ ᾧ μὲν γὰρ λέγεται· [quotation of 268–269].

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Stesichorus   |   Euripides, Troades


Or. 268.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόξα⟩: πληθυντικῆς εἶπε τὰ τόξα ἤγουν τὸ τόξον.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 268.10 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἕλκοντα τὴν νευρὰν ἢ τὸ βέλος  —ORa

TRANSLATION:  Drawing by means of the horns the bow-string or the arrow.

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 268.11 (recThom exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἕλκοντα τὴν νευράν  —FKPrZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  Drawing by means of the horns the bow-string.

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: s.l. except F

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. F

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,1


Or. 268.12 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ κέρατος κατασκευασθέντα  —V

TRANSLATION:  The ones fashioned from horn.

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 268.13 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ κέρατος ἑλκόμενα  —Rw

TRANSLATION:  The ones drawn by the horn.

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 268.14 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν κεράτων ἐσκευασμένα  —Sa

TRANSLATION:  The ones made out of horns.

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 268.15 (mosch exeg) κερουλκά: τὰ ἐκ κεράτων κατεσκευασμένα καὶ ἑλκυόμενα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

TRANSLATION:  The ones made out of horns and being drawn.

LEMMA: T       REF. SYMBOL: XoT       POSITION: s.l. except XXo

APP. CRIT.:   κατασκ‑ Y   |    καὶ ἑλκ. om. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.96,23–24


Or. 268.16 (thom exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: ἢ τὰ ἐκ κεράτων συντεθειμένα  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  Or the ones put together out of horns.

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from gloss above ZmGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,2


Or. 268.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἑλκυόμενα ἤγουν κατεσκευασμένα  —G

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἑλκόμενα a.c. G


Or. 268.18 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἑλκόμενα  —CrRf2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ] καὶ CrOx


Or. 268.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ ἑλκόμενα διὰ τῶν κεράτων. εἰ γὰρ ἦσαν ξύλα, οὐκ ἂν εἵλκοντο.  —Y2


Or. 268.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ διὰ κεράτων ἑλκόμενα ἢ τὰ κῆρα καὶ θανατηφόρον μοῖραν φέροντα.  —B2/3a

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.96,10–11

KEYWORDS:  etymology


Or. 268.21 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὸν βιὸν διὰ τῶν κεράτων ⟨ἑλκόμενον⟩  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 268.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ ἐκ κεράτων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 268.23 (rec artGloss) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ  —S

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν Sa


Or. 268.24 (rec exeg) ⟨δῶρα Λοξίου⟩: ὡς τῆς τοξικῆς ἐφόρου λέγει δῶρον αὐτοῦ.  —K

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀφόρου or εὐφόρου K


Or. 268.25 (rec exeg) ⟨δῶρα Λοξίου⟩:  δʹ τέχναι ἀνατίθενται τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι· τοξικὴ μαντικὴ μουσικὴ καὶ ἰατρικὴ.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Compare two scholia on Il. 1.603 (from C. G. Heyne’s edition) τέσσαρες γὰρ τέχναι ἀνατίθενται τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι, μουσικὴ, τοξικὴ, ἰατρικὴ, μαντική; (from Genev. gr. 44, ed. J. Nicole) τέσσαρες τέχναι τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος· τοξικὴ μουσικὴ ἰατρικὴ μαντική; and Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Plut. 11 Massa Positano ἰατρὸς καὶ μάντις, ὅτι τέσσαρες τέχναι ἀνάκεινται τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι, τοξικὴ μουσικὴ ἰατρικὴ μαντική.


Or. 268.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δῶρα Λοξίου⟩: ἔφορος γὰρ τῆς τοξικῆς ὁ Ἀπόλλων.  —Y2


Or. 268.27 (thom exeg) ⟨δῶρα Λοξίου⟩:  1τὸ δῶρα Λοξίου λέγει ἢ ὑπὸ τῆς μανίας δοκῶν χαρισθῆναι αὐτῷ ταῦτα παρὰ Ἀπόλλωνος  2ἢ διότι τοξικός ἐστιν ὁ θεός καὶ τὰ παρ’ ἀνθρώποις τόξα ὡσπερεὶ δῶρα ἐκείνου.   —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   He uses the expression ‘gifts of Loxias’ either because in his madness he thinks these have been given as a favor to him by Apollo, or because the god is connected to archery and the bow and arrow among human beings is, as it were, a gift of that (god).

REF. SYMBOL: ZZa

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ om. Gu   |    ἀπόλλωνος] τοῦ ἀπ. begun by T, but corr. self, ἀπόλυσιν Zb   |    2 δῶρα] τόξα a.c. Gu

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λοξέου Zb   |    παρ’ ZZa   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.96,21–23


Or. 268.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δῶρα⟩: τὰ τόξα  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 268.29 (rec gloss) ⟨δῶρα⟩: λέγω  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 268.30 (rec artGloss) ⟨δῶρα⟩: τὰ  —AbF2MnS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 268.31 (rec gloss) ⟨Λοξίου⟩: Φοίβου  —AbMnRS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 268.32 (rec gloss) ⟨Λοξίου⟩: τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος  —F2Rf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 269.01 (rec gloss) ⟨οἷς⟩: ἐν  —CrF2SOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   οἷς add. CrOx


Or. 269.02 (rec gloss) ⟨οἷς⟩: οἷστισιν  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 269.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨οἷς⟩: δι’ ὧν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   |    τόξων add. G


Or. 269.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἶπ’⟩: καὶ ἔλεξε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 269.05 (rec gram) Ἀπόλλων: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀεὶ βάλλειν  —Mn

LEMMA: Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,3

COMMENT:   I have not found this etymology elsewhere. Several other etymologies are offered in Et. Gud. (di Stefani) s.v. Ἀπόλλων· παρὰ τὸ ἀπόθετα βάλλειν· ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἄποθεν βάλλειν τὴν ὀργήν· ἢ ἀπελαύνων καὶ ἀπολύων ἀφ’ ἡμῶν τὰς νόσους· ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἁπλοῦν καὶ λύειν τὸ συνεστὸς τῆς οὐσίας καὶ τὸ σκότος.

KEYWORDS:  etymology


Or. 269.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: βοηθῆσαι  —V1

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 269.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: τιμωρεῖν  —AaAbCrMnRSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx


Or. 269.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: τιμωρῆσαι  —V3FPrZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τιμῆσαι Pr


Or. 269.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: τιμωρήσασθαι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X


Or. 269.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: διῶξαι  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 269.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: ἀποδιῶξαι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.; joined to 269.08 with καὶ V


Or. 269.12 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: μάχεσθαι  —ZZaZbTGuG, a.c. Zm

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 269.13 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: μαχέσασθαι  —Gu, p.c. Zm

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,4–5


Or. 269.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: ἀποσοβήσασθαι  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,3–4


Or. 269.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: ἀποσοβεῖν  —GY2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 269.16 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: ἀμύνω τὸ βοηθῶ ἐνεργητικὸν δοτικῇ, ἀμύνομαι δὲ παθητικὸν τὸ μάχομαι αἰτιατικῇ.  —G

TRANSLATION:   ‘Amunō’ in the active voice meaning ‘go to the aid of’ is used with the dative, but ‘amunomai’ in the (middle‑)passive meaning ‘fight (against)’ with the accusative.

LEMMA: G


Or. 269.17 (tri metr) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 269.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεάς⟩: τὰς Ἐριννύας  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 269.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨θεάς⟩: τὰς  —AbF2MnRSOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 270.01 (rec gloss) ⟨εἴ⟩: ἐπειδὴ  —F2SZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπεὶ Zu


Or. 270.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἴ⟩: καὶ ὅπερ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 270.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨εἴ⟩: εἰ  —XXaXbXoT+Y

POSITION: s.l. except X

COMMENT:   Glossed because the text could be ambiguous between elided εἰμὶ and elided εἴ με.   |


Or. 270.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκφοβοῖεν⟩: ἐκφοβήσουσιν  —AaAbF2MnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σι Aa   |


Or. 270.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκφοβοῖεν⟩: ἐκφοβοῦσι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 270.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκφοβοῖεν⟩: καὶ ταράσσουσιν  —Cr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 270.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐκφοβοῖεν⟩: εἰς φόβον ἄγοιεν  —XXaXbXoTYYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from 270.03 XoT


Or. 270.08 (vet exeg) μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν: ταῖς μανιώδεσι λύσσαις. σχῆμα δέ ἐστι περίφρασις.  —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   The insane frenzies. The schema is periphrasis.

LEMMA: μανιάσι λυσσήμασι C(μανιᾶσι)V, μανίαισιν λυσσήμασιν M, μανιάσι δὲ λυσσήμασι· prep. B(λυσσήμα())Pr       REF. SYMBOL: V       POSITION: marg. M; cont. from 268.08 B

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ δὲ σχῆμα (om. ἐστι) V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,7–8; Dind. II.97,12–13

KEYWORDS:  περίφρασις


Or. 270.09 (vet exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν⟩:  1ὡς τὸ [TGF adespota 566d] ‘φοίνικι λίνῳ’, ἀρσενικὸν μετὰ οὐδετέρου.  2ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἡ μανιὰς τὸ μανιάσι.   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   (The usage is) like that seen in ‘red thread/linen’, masculine form (‘phoinix’) with a neuter (‘linon’). And from (nominative) ‘hē manias’ comes (dative plural) ‘maniasi’.

POSITION: marg. M, cont. from prev. all

APP. CRIT.:   1 ταῖς μανιαῖσι λυσσήμασι prep. M(‑σιν ‑σιν)C, ταῖς μανιάσι λυσσήμα() prep. B   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἡ μανίας M, ἡ μανὰς Pr   |    τὸ μανιᾶσιν C, τὸ μανίασιν, with another σ add. above σ, M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,9–10; Dind. II.97,13–15

COMMENT:   Cf. Sophronius, Gram.Gr. 4:2.408,26–29 οὐκ ἀγνοητέον δὲ ὡς εὑρίσκονται πτώσεις οὐδετέρως κείμεναι, οὐ μέντοι ἀπὸ οὐδετέρων κεκλιμέναι, ὡς ἔχει τὸ αἴθωνι βελέμνῳ καὶ φοίνικι λίνῳ καὶ γέροντι βάκτρῳ καὶ ἐθάδων ἐδεσμάτων καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα· ἅπαντα ἀρσενικὰ ὄντα ποιητικῶς οὐδετέροις συνετάγη. Similarly, but claiming fem. gender, Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:2.339,14–16 οὐκ ἔστι δὲ ἄτοπον, εἰ ἀρσενικὸν ὂν ἢ θηλυκὸν οὐδετέρῳ ἄρθρῳ συνετάγη· ἰδοὺ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ φοίνικι λίνῳ τὸ φοίνικι θηλυκὸν ὂν τῷ λίνῳ τῷ οὐδετέρῳ συνετάγη.

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Trag. adespota


Or. 270.10 (vet exeg) 1μανιώδεσι λυσσήμασιν·  2ἢ μανίαις καὶ λυσσήμασιν.   —MB

TRANSLATION:   Mad frenzies; or madnesses and frenzies.

POSITION: s.l. M; cont. from prev. B

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λυσσήμασι M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,11; Dind. II.97,14–15

COLLATION NOTES:   By an oversight, Schw. lists this as being in C as well.   |


Or. 270.11 (rec exeg) ⟨μανιάσι λυσσήμασι⟩: ἐν μανικαῖς λύσσαις  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 270.12 (rec exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν λυσσήμασι⟩: τὸ σχῆμα κατὰ γένος.  —MnSB3d

TRANSLATION:   The schema is that according to gender.

LEMMA: μανιάσι in text MnS       POSITION: s.l. MnS, marg. B3d

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ om. B3d

COMMENT:   This schema applies to expressions in which the adjective appears to be in a different gender from the noun it modifies. A fuller form of this note is found in Sch. Soph. Aj. 62b Christodoulou (from Laur. plut. 32.40, ca. 1300, perpendicular in inner margin of 3r): τὸ σχῆμα κατὰ γένος, ὡς τὸ [Nicand. Ther. 129] ‘ψολόεντος ἐχίδνης’ [ψολώεντος αἰχίδνης ms]. Christodoulou was wrong to assign this note to Aj. 62 τοὺς ζῶντας; it really goes with Aj. 59, which in this manuscript ends not with μανιάσιν νόσοις, but with μανιᾶσι λυσσήμασι, by reminiscence of Or. 270. Apart from these scholia, σχῆμα κατὰ γένος is not found elsewhere in a TLG search.

KEYWORDS:  σχῆμα κατὰ γένος


Or. 270.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν⟩: ἡ λύσση ἡ μανιὰς  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 270.14 (thom exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν⟩:  1πάντες τὸ μανιάσι πρὸς τὸ λυσσήμασιν συνάπτοντες οὕτω φασί· μανικοῖς λυσσήμασιν, ἀγνοοῦντες ὅτι τὸ μὲν μανιάσι θηλυκόν ἐστι, τὸ δὲ λυσσήμασιν οὐδέτερον.  2σὺ δὲ τούτους χαίρειν ἐάσας, κεχωρισμένως λέγε ἀσυνδέτως οὕτως·  3εἴ με ἐκφοβοῖεν ἐν μανιάσι καὶ μανίαις, ἐν λυσσήμασι καὶ μανίαις, ἵν’ ὦσιν ἀμφότερα τὸ αὐτό.   —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Attaching the word ‘maniasi’ to the word ‘lussēmasin’, everyone thus interprets this as ‘mad frenzies’, being unaware that ‘maniasi’ is feminine, but ‘lussēmasin’ is neuter. But for your own part, dismiss these interpreters and take the words separately in asyndeton as follows: if they should terrify me with ‘maniasi’ (that is, ‘madnessesÆ), with ‘lussēmasi’ (that is, ‘madnesses’), so that both may be the same thing.

LEMMA: μανιάσι in text ZZaZbGr, λυσσήμασι in text ZbZm       REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZm

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀγνοοῦντες … τὸ δὲ λυσσήμασιν om. Zb   |    2 χαίρειν om. TGu   |    ἀσυνδέτως λέγε κεχωρισμένως transp. Gu   |    3 εἴ με] εἰ μὴ Gu   |    first ἐν om. Gu   |    first μανίαις] ἐν μανίαις ZbZm   |    second μανίαις] ἐν μανίαις ZbZmTGu

APP. CRIT. 2:   1–2 μανιᾶσι (all three places) Gu   |    1 λυσσήμασι ZaZmTGu   |    φασί·] ZmT, φασὶ· Gu, φασὶν (no punct.) ZZaZb   |    2 οὕτως] οὕτω Gu   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,6–11

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view


Or. 270.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μανιάσι λυσσήμασι⟩: κεχωρισμένως λέγε ἀσυνδέτως  —Ox2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 270.16 (rec gloss) ⟨μανιάσιν⟩: μανιώδεσι  —OAaAbRMnSSa

LEMMA: μανιάσι in text all except O       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν prep. AbMnSSa   |    μανώδ‑ Aa


Or. 270.17 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μανιάσιν⟩: μανικοῖς  —KXXaXbT+YYfGGrZb2Aa3F2

LEMMA: μανιάσι in text GrZbAa       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   μανικῆς app. Aa3


Or. 270.18 (thom gloss) ⟨μανιάσιν⟩: μανίαις  —ZcZmTGu

LEMMA: μανιάσι in text Gr       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zc


Or. 270.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μανιάσι⟩: καὶ ταράγμασιν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Although the gloss makes sense if the glossator is following the Thoman view that μανιάσι(ν) can be treated as a noun in asyndeton (270.24, 270.18), it may be instead a corruption/misunderstanding of Cr’s gloss ταράσσουσι on the following ἐκφοβοῖεν (270.06). Cr’s gloss is written in such a fashion that it could easily be misread as ταράγμασιν, and it is positioned a little to the right of its lemma, as is often the case with Cr’s glosses.   |


Or. 270.20 (rec exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν⟩: μανιὰς μανιάδος  —K

POSITION: marg.

COLLATION NOTES:   K app. started to crowd this gloss above the word, but found too little space, so erased it there.   |


Or. 270.21 (rec exeg) ⟨λυσσήμασιν⟩: ἢ καὶ  —O

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original O.


Or. 270.22 (rec gloss) ⟨λυσσήμασι⟩: λύτταις  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 270.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λυσσήμασι⟩: νοσήμασι  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 270.24 (rec gloss) ⟨λυσσήμασι⟩: τουτέστι γλώσσαις  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   That is, (insane) utterances.(?)

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 270.12

APP. CRIT. 2:   τοῦτέστι Mn   |

COMMENT:   Possibly the glossator has chosen a feminine noun to make the gloss agree with μανιάσι(ν). The gloss remains an odd one.


Or. 270.25 (thom gloss) ⟨λυσσήμασιν⟩: μανίαις  —ZmTGuY2

LEMMA: -μασι in text Zm       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 270.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λυσσήμασι⟩: ἐν  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 270.27 (rec exeg) ⟨λυσσήμασιν⟩: προσηγορικὸν  —K

TRANSLATION:   (This word is a) common noun.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Perhaps this observation is a way to indicate that μανιάσιν is adjectival modifying λυσσήμασιν.


Or. 271.01 (rec paraphr) ἢ δύναται τρωθῆναί τις τῶν θεῶν ἐκ χειρὸς ἀνθρωπίνης;  —AaPr

REF. SYMBOL:  Aa       POSITION: s.l. Pr

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ om. Aa   |    ἐν χειρὶ ἀνθωπίνη Aa

APP. CRIT. 2:   τρωθῆναι τίς AaPr   |


Or. 271.02 (rec exeg) λείπει ἢ οὔ.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 271.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨βεβλήσεται⟩: τρωθήσεται —AbCrFMnPrSSaOxZZaZbZmT

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrFPrSOx   |


Or. 271.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βεβλήσεται⟩: μέλλει τρωθῆναι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 271.05 (rec gloss) ⟨βεβλήσεται⟩: ἐτρώθη  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   See on 271.12.


Or. 271.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βεβλήσεται⟩: τρωθῇ  —VrecAa2

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Aa2 has τρωθῆ with a clear circumflex, while the accent of Vrec is obscure (possibly a damaged or erased circumflex). Subjunctive as gloss on future is possible, but it is also possible that this gloss arose as a misinterpretation of a gloss τρωθή where the ending σεται was to be supplied from the word below (= 271.03).


Or. 271.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨βεβλήσεται⟩: τοξευθήσεται  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἆρα τοξ. τις G


Or. 271.08 (rec gloss) ⟨τις θεῶν⟩: ὁ θεὸς —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 271.09 (recMosch gloss) ⟨θεῶν⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν  —MnSSaOxXXaXbXoYfGGrZcZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. SaZuB3a


Or. 271.10 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨θεῶν⟩: τῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 271.11 (tri metr) ⟨θεῶν⟩: συνίζησις  —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 271.12 (rec exeg) ⟨βροτησίᾳ χερί⟩: ὦ ἄφρον  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   This vocative should be understood to be an address to Orestes by Electra, to whom this line is assigned in Ab and most mss. That assignment and the interpretation of 271 as a question presumably are motivated by reluctance, for philosophical, moral, or religious reasons, to take 271 as a threatening assertion. A similar concern may lie behind 270.01, 270.05 (note the unexpected aorist glossing a future perfect).

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration


Or. 271.13 (rec gloss) ⟨βροτησίᾳ χερί⟩: ἐν  —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 271.14 (mosch paraphr) ⟨βροτησίᾳ χερί⟩: διὰ χειρὸς ἀνθρωπίνης  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   |    διὰ om. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,16–17


Or. 271.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βροτησίᾳ⟩: ἀνθρωπίνῃ  —CrF2GuOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox, καὶ ἐν prep. Cr


Or. 271.16 (tri metr) ⟨βροτησίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

APP. CRIT.:   long mark om. Ta

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 272.01 (vet paraphr) εἰ μὴ ’ξαμείψει: εἰ μὴ ἀποστήσεταί τις τῶν Ἐρινύων τοῦ ἐμοῦ προσώπου.  —MBVCMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Unless any of the Erinyes will stand away from my face.

LEMMA: all except BRa (μὴξ ἀμείψῃ MRb, μηξαμείψη C, μὴξαμείψει VMnS, μὴ ἐξαμείψει Sa)       REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.:   τις] τί φησι V   |    after ἐριν. add. φησὶ MMnRaRbSSa

APP. CRIT. 2:   after ἐριν. add. φησὶ MMnRaRbSSa   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,12–13; cf. Dind. II.97,18–19

COMMENT:   The appearance of φησὶ in M and others perhaps suggests that an abbreviation of δηλονότι after τις τῶν ἐρινύων was misread as an abbreviation of φησὶ.


Or. 272.02 (pllgn exeg) πρὸς τὴν Ἠλέκτραν  —B3

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   The addressee is identified to conform to assigning 271 to Electra, 272 to Orestes. Similarly, several of the following scholia react to such assignments.   |

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 272.03 (rec exeg) ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐπε(?)[  —V3

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.:   final letter uncertain, rest lost to damaged margin   |


Or. 272.04 (rec exeg) λείπει πείσῃ κακὸν  —K

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 272.05 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ μὴ⟩: ναὶ  —CrMnSSaZuB3aOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 272.06 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ μὴ⟩: ναὶ βλήσετ(αι)  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Perhaps ⟨βε⟩βλήσεται, but there is one instance of βλήσεται in PG 89.90, 59 (Antiochus, Pandecta scripturae sacrae, 7th c.), and dozens of instances of future principal part βλήσω in etymological explanations of ‑βλη‑ by way of a supposed byform of βάλλω, βλῶ βλήσω.


Or. 272.07 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰ μὴ⟩: ναὶ βεβλήσεται  —ZZaZbZmTGuP2

TRANSLATION:  (Before ‘ei mē’, ‘unless’, understand) ‘yes, one will be shot at’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ναὶ καὶ Zb   |


Or. 272.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἰ μὴ⟩: ναὶ τοξευθήσεται  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa3aF

TRANSLATION:  (Before ‘ei mē’, ‘unless’, understand) ‘yes, one will be shot at with a bow and arrow’.

POSITION: s.l. except X and marg. Aa3

COLLATION NOTES:   In this place T has a cross above the ναὶ of 272.07 and then another cross in front of τοξευθήσεται.   |


Or. 272.09 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐὰν  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 272.10 (rec gloss) ⟨’ξαμείψῃ⟩: ἐκφύγῃς  —AbMnRS

LEMMA: ἐξαμ‑ in text Mn, ‑ψει S       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκφυγ() S   |


Or. 272.11 (rec gloss) ⟨’ξαμείψει⟩: ἐκφύγῃ  —AaRwSaB3aP2

LEMMA: ἐξαμ‑ in text RwSa, ‑ψῃ AaB       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκφεύγη P2


Or. 272.12 (rec gloss) ⟨’ξαμείψει⟩: ἐξέλθῃ  —Sa

LEMMA: ἐξαμ‑ in text Sa      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 272.13 (rec gloss) ⟨’ξαμείψῃ⟩: ἐξέλθῃς  —AaMnRS

LEMMA: ἐξαμ‑ in text Mn, ‑ψει S       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἔξελθε S, ἐξέλθ()Mn